10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011

or

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number: 001-32407

AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

Delaware	20-1700361
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

1981 N. Broadway, Suite 385

Walnut Creek, California 94596

(925) 949-5100

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share	New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

NONE

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer	¨	Accelerated filer	x
Non-accelerated filer	¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  ¨    No  x

Based on the closing price of $7.07 of the registrant’s Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2011 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter), the aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant on that date was approximately $268,988,189.

As of March 1, 2012, there were 46,234,747 shares of the Registrant’s common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders scheduled to be held on April 26, 2012 are incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K in response Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III.

AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

Table of Contents

	Page
PART I		5
Item 1. Business		5
Item 1A. Risk Factors		8
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments		10
Item 2. Properties		10
Item 3. Legal Proceedings		10
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures		11
PART II		11
Item  5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		11
Item 6. Selected Financial Data		12
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		14
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk		29
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		29
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants On Accounting And Financial Disclosure		29
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures		29
Item 9B. Other Information		32
PART III		32
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance		32
Item 11. Executive Compensation		32
Item  12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters		32
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence		32
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services		32
PART IV		33

2

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	33
SIGNATURES	39
Exhibit 21.1
Exhibit 23.1
Exhibit 31.1
Exhibit 31.2
Exhibit 32.1
Exhibit 32.2
Exhibit 101.INS
Exhibit 101.SCH
Exhibit 101.CAL
Exhibit 101.DEF
Exhibit 101.LAB
Exhibit 101.PRE

3

AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY

2011 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, “American Reprographics Company,” “ARC,” “the Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to American Reprographics Company, a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise dictates.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “project,” “target,” “likely,” “will,” “would,” “could,” and variations of such words and similar expressions as they relate to our management or to the Company are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated herein. We have described in Part I, Item 1A-”Risk Factors” a number of factors that could cause our actual results to differ from our projections or estimates. These factors and other risk factors described in this report are not necessarily all of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could harm our results. Consequently, there can be no assurance that the actual results or developments anticipated by us will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the expected consequences to, or effects on, us. Given these uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.

Except where otherwise indicated, the statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are made as of the date we filed this report with the Securities and Exchange Commission and should not be relied upon as of any subsequent date. All future written and verbal forward-looking statements attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. We undertake no obligation, and specifically disclaim any obligation, to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. You should, however, consult further disclosures we make in future filings of our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments thereto, as well as our proxy statements.

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

We own or have rights to a number of trademarks, service marks, and trade names that we use in conjunction with the operation of our business, including the name and design mark “ARC American Reprographics Company ^®,” “PlanWell ^®,” “PlanWell PDS ^®,” “PlanWell Enterprise ^SM,” and various design marks associated therewith. In addition, we own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks, and trade names that we use regionally in conjunction with the operation of our segments. This report also includes trademarks, service marks and trade names of other companies.

4

PART I

Item 1. Business

Our Company

American Reprographics Company (“ARC,” “we,” “us,” or “our”), a Delaware corporation, provides specialized document solutions to businesses of all types, with an emphasis on the non-residential segment of the architecture, engineering and construction (“AEC”) industry.

ARC offers conventional reprographic services, as well as managed print services, digital color printing, and proprietary document management technology products and services. Our products and services enhance our customers’ document workflow, reduce costs, shorten document processing and distribution time, improve the quality of document management tasks, and provide a secure, controlled environment in which to manage, distribute and produce documents.

ARC is the largest reprographics company in the United States as measured by number of service facilities and revenue. We also have significant operations in Canada, and a growing presence in China, India, and the United Kingdom. We are the only document solutions company serving the AEC industry that can provide nationwide, comprehensive document management services through a combination of local service facilities in more than 40 states, 12 digital color service centers, online channels including web-based applications, and traditional software. Our largest customers are served by ARC Global Solutions, a corporate sales force focused on large regional and national customers. Our diverse customer base results in no individual customer accounting for more than 3% of ARC’s overall revenue.

American Reprographics Holdings L.L.C. (“Holdings”), was formed in 1997 and, in 2005, was reorganized into a Delaware corporation and conducted an initial public offering. We conduct our operations through our wholly-owned subsidiary, American Reprographics Company, L.L.C., a California limited liability company, and its subsidiaries.

Principal Products and Services

ARC offers three general categories of service which are reported on our financial statements as Reprographics Services, Facilities Management, and Equipment and Supplies.

Reprographics Services sales include operational activities such as document management services, document logistics, large- and small-format print-on-demand services in color and black and white, and digital document management services. Most of these activities are considered traditional reprographics services.

Facilities Management sales are primarily composed of on-site services where we provide document production equipment, technology solutions and sometimes staff to our customers in their offices. These services include both traditional reprographics services focused on large-format printing, as well as managed print services or MPS. Under an MPS contract, we supply, maintain and manage a customer’s entire print networks, including office printing equipment, on an outsourced basis. In each case, ARC assumes all costs related to print, and issues a single invoice to its customers based on a predictable cost-per-print rate.

Equipment and Supplies sales involve the resale of printing and imaging equipment and supplies from a wide variety of suppliers.

We are also in the process of diversifying our business beyond the services we have traditionally provided to the AEC industry. We are focusing primarily on managed print services to large companies, digital color printing to the non-AEC market, and technology-based document management services including consulting engagements.

Operations

Our products and services are available from any of ARC’s 220 service centers around the world. We are concentrated in the U.S., with additional service centers in Canada, China, India, and London, England. Our corporate headquarters are located in Walnut Creek, California.

ARC has historically pursued acquisitions to expand its market share and enhance its geographic footprint to serve its larger customers. Since the company’s inception we have acquired more than 140 companies, but we have limited our acquisition activity over the past several years due to the downturn in the construction industry. Our origin as a company was in California, and our early acquisition activity was concentrated there. Thus we still derive 32% of our revenue from California.

We operate a technology center in Silicon Valley to support our reprographics services and software design. We operate a similar facility in Kolkata, India, to support our research and development efforts. All of our production facilities are connected via a high-performance, dedicated, wide-area network, to facilitate data transmissions to and from our customers and our operating facilities. We employ industry-leading technology to provide redundancy, backup and security of all data in our system.

Historically, the majority of ARC’s revenue has been derived from the seasonal construction market. As such, our business has also been seasonal, with activity often influenced by weather and working days. We typically generate the largest revenue during the second quarter, as weather in the spring and early summer is generally favorable in most areas where we provide services, and the number of working days is high. The third and first quarters are usually our next largest revenue-generating quarters, respectively. The fourth quarter, with its prevalence of poor weather and holidays, is when we typically see a decrease in revenue.

As of December 31, 2011, the company employed approximately 2,900 employees, with no meaningful representation by labor unions. We believe our employee relations are good.

Our Customers and Markets

ARC serves the business and project needs of companies primarily within AEC industry. We supply traditional reprographics services to project architects, engineers, general contractors and others at the project level, but we are increasingly engaged with senior management teams to address enterprise-level document management needs.

5

The mix of services we provide to the AEC industry is shifting away from an emphasis on printing large-format black and white construction drawings, and moving toward managing documents and document production equipment for the entire enterprise. We believe the past three years of constrained construction activity are forcing our customers in the construction space to increase efficiency in their use and production of documents, reduce their dependence on print as it relates to construction projects, and to improve access and control over all the documents related to their business. We also believe that merger and acquisition activity in the AEC industry is influencing this trend as these companies seek to reduce costs, eliminate redundant business practices, and procure products and services from vendors who can centrally serve their business with a comprehensive offering.

We believe that these trends are advantageous for ARC for three reasons: first, we are well-positioned to provide our customers with software, web applications and cloud services to meet their demand for technology-enabled services; second, our diversification into services such as MPS allow us to capture revenue streams that are less exposed to the volatility and cyclicality of project-related printing; and third, as our customers merge, consolidate and grow larger, we believe ARC becomes a more compelling choice because of its extensive footprint and ability to act as a single-source supplier of comprehensive document solutions.

In addition to the AEC industry, we also provide document management and printing services to the retail, aerospace, technology, entertainment, and healthcare industries, among others. A significant portion of our non-AEC revenues are derived from supplying digital color printing services to customers with short-run, frequently updated promotional, advertising and marketing materials. We began to market these services in 2010 under a separate brand known as Riot Creative Imaging.

In general, ARC’s local markets are highly-fragmented with a wide variety of specialized business practices. Our regional and national markets are characterized by larger companies with more consistency in their business practices.

The Reprographics Industry

Traditional reprographic companies have historically served the non-residential segment of the AEC industry. They provided document management and document production services such as the printing and distribution of large construction drawings (formerly known as “blueprints”), and other related documents.

There are no other reprographics companies in the U.S. with the national presence that ARC has established. Local reprographics companies are often family-owned, and locate their businesses in proximity to customer locations. All reprographers market their business through local relationships and on their ability to turnaround jobs quickly. Reprographics services are purchased by nearly every trade in the construction industry and are often passed through to project developers for reimbursement.

Demand for services is closely tied to the level of activity in the construction industry, which in turn is driven by macroeconomic trends such as GDP growth, interest rates, job creation, and office vacancy rates. Reprographics revenues are closely correlated to the private, non-residential sectors of the construction industry, which are often the largest users of reprographics services.

There is little information available to help estimate the size of the reprographics market given that there are no public companies in the industry other than ARC, and that most reprographers are small and serve only one geographical market. Acquiring accurate information about the reprographics industry has been made more difficult by the pressure the recent recession and subsequent down cycle in construction has placed upon individual businesses within the industry. Sources such as trade associations and industry surveys have diminished with the decline in construction project activity, and business failures among our local competitors have increased over the past two years.

We estimate that there are approximately 1,550 reprographers in the U.S. based on our experience operating an independent trade association within the industry. Previous data from other trade associations suggests that the average reprographer produced about $1.5 million in sales per year. Based on this information, we estimate the traditional reprographics industry to be approximately $2.3 billion in annual revenues.

We believe that reprographers who have diversified into related offerings that include facilities management, digital color printing, managed print services, and other technology-enabled services are likely to remain viable service providers in their local markets. We also believe the definition of the reprographics market is likely to change as it moves toward a more comprehensive approach to document solutions and addresses needs beyond construction project work.

Competition

The level of competition varies in each of our local operations. We believe quality, service, reliability, price, and breadth of offerings are the deciding factors in the local sales process. Copy shops and self-serve franchises in our local markets are often aggressive competitors for printing businesses, but rarely offer the breadth of document management and logistics services we do.

There are no other reprographics companies in the U.S. with the national presence that ARC has established, but we often compete against equipment manufacturers and business suppliers who offer some of the same products and services we do. Related services are offered by the large printing/multi-functional device manufacturers such as Océ, Xerox, Canon, Konica Minolta, Ricoh and Sharp, but most offerings from these companies are focused on selling equipment to manage printing needs as opposed to ARC’s offering of comprehensive document management services.

We believe that we have a strong competitive position in the marketplace for the following important reasons:

No other national vendor/service provider possesses the document management expertise we do in the AEC market. Construction professionals have highly specialized needs in document capture, short-term storage, management, fulfillment, distribution and archival services. We believe our domain expertise is unmatched thanks to our legacy in reprographics.

Our relationships with our local customers frequently span generations, and while we do business with nearly all of the top 100 AEC companies in the U.S., our Global Solutions sales force already has relationships with 15 of them. We believe this provides a competitive advantage by leveraging our success through referrals.

We possess an extensive national footprint creating an extraordinary distribution and customer service network that can cater to both large and small customers. We operate service centers in more than 170 cities in the U.S., and in more than 40 states. We also have a significant market presence in Canada, and growing operations in China, India and the United Kingdom.

6

We are equipment agnostic. We do not manufacture our equipment, or sell company-branded equipment. We can place equipment best suited for the job in our own service centers or in our customers’ offices, regardless of manufacturer.

Suppliers and Vendors

ARC purchases paper, toner and other consumables for the operation of its business. We also purchase or lease equipment for use in our production facilities or our customers’ offices. As a high-volume purchaser, we believe we receive favorable prices as compared to other service providers, and price increases have been historically passed on to customers which helps maintain our gross margins.

Our primary vendors of equipment, maintenance services, and reprographics supplies include Océ, Azerty, and Xpedx, a division of International Paper Company. Purchases from these vendors during 2011 comprised approximately 37% of our total purchases of inventory and supplies.

Research and Development

To address the growing adoption of technology by our customers, we conduct research and development in order to enhance our existing software and web-based applications, as well as create new proprietary technology products. In total, research and development amounted to $4.9 million, $4.7 million and $4.0 million during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Proprietary Rights

We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, license agreements, nondisclosure and non-competition agreements, reseller agreements, customer contracts, and technical measures to establish and protect our rights in our proprietary technology. We also rely on a variety of technologies that are licensed from third parties to perform key functions.

We have registered our “American Reprographics Company” combined name and design as a trademark with the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), and we have registered “PlanWell” and “PlanWell PDS” as trademarks with the USPTO and in Canada, Australia and the European Union. We do not own any other registered trademarks or service marks, or any patents, that are material to our business.

For a discussion of the risks associated with our proprietary rights, see Item 1A — “Risk Factors — Our failure to adequately protect the proprietary aspects of our technology, including PlanWell, may cause us to lose market share.”

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The following sets forth certain information regarding all of our executive officers as of March 8, 2012:

Name	Age		Position
Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar		58	Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer Director
John E.D. Toth		42	Chief Financial Officer, Secretary
Rahul K. Roy		52	Chief Technology Officer
Dilantha Wijesuriya		50	Chief Operating Officer
Jorge Avalos		36	Chief Accounting Officer, Vice President Finance

Kumarakulasingam (“Suri”) Suriyakumar has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since June 1, 2007, and he served as the Company’s President and Chief Operating Officer from 1991 until his appointment as Chief Executive Officer. On July 24, 2008, Mr. Suriyakumar was appointed Chairman of our Board of Directors. Mr. Suriyakumar served as an advisor of Holdings from March 1998 until his appointment as a director of American Reprographics Company in October 2004. Mr. Suriyakumar joined Micro Device, Inc. (our predecessor company) in 1989. He became the Vice President of Micro Device, Inc. in 1990. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Suriyakumar was employed with Aitken Spence & Co. LTD, a highly diversified conglomerate and one of the five largest corporations in Sri Lanka.

John E.D. Toth was appointed Chief Financial Officer in July 2011. Prior to his appointment as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Toth was a strategy consultant to Chiquita Brands International, Inc. (NYSE: CQB). From 2008 until 2010, Mr. Toth was Chief Financial Officer of Bell-Carter Foods, Inc., a $200 million privately-held company operating in the food industry, where he was primarily responsible for developing strategic finance and broad-based growth initiatives. Mr. Toth served as Chief Financial Officer of Fresh Express, Inc., a subsidiary of Chiquita Brands International, Inc., from 2006 until 2008. While at Chiquita Brands International, Inc., Mr. Toth also served as Vice President Finance of the Salads and Healthy Snacking division. From 2001 until 2006, Mr. Toth was Chief Financial Officer and Co-Founder of Tennyson West, LLC, a privately-held mergers and acquisitions advisory firm. Mr. Toth received a Master’s Degree in Economics, and Bachelor’s degree in Economics and Political Science, from Stanford University.

Rahul K. Roy joined Holdings as its Chief Technology Officer in September 2000. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Roy was the founder, President and Chief Executive Officer of MirrorPlus Technologies, Inc., which developed software for the reprographics industry, from August 1993 until it was acquired by the Company in 1999. Mr. Roy also served as the Chief Operating Officer of InPrint, a provider of printing, software, duplication, packaging, assembly and distribution services to technology companies, from 1993 until it was acquired by the Company in 1999.

Dilantha Wijesuriya joined Ford Graphics, a division of the Company, in January of 1991. He subsequently became president of that division in 2001, and became a Company regional operations head in 2004, which position he retained until his appointment as the Company’s Senior Vice President—National Operations in August 2008. Mr. Wijesuriya was appointed Chief Operating Officer of the Company on February 25, 2011. Prior to his employment with the Company, Mr. Wijesuriya was a divisional manager with Aitken Spence & Co. LTD, a highly diversified conglomerate and one of the five largest corporations in Sri Lanka.

Jorge Avalos was appointed Chief Accounting Officer/Vice President Finance of the Company on April 14, 2011. Mr. Avalos joined the Company in June 2006 as the Company’s Director of Finance and became the Company’s Corporate Controller in December 2006 and Vice President, Corporate Controller in December 2010. From March 2005 through June 2006, Mr. Avalos was employed with Vendare Media Group, an online network and social media company, as its controller. From September 1998 through March 2005, Mr. Avalos was employed with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, a global professional services firm focusing on audit and assurance, tax and advisory services, and left as an audit and assurance manager.

7

Available Information

ARC uses its corporate website, www.e-arc.com, as a channel for routine distribution of important information, including news releases, analyst presentations and financial information. The company files with or furnishes to the SEC Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports, as well as proxy statements and annual reports to shareholders, and, from time to time, other documents. The reports and other documents filed with or furnished to the SEC are available to investors on or through our corporate website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file them with or furnish them to the SEC. In addition, the public may read and copy any of the materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an internet site located at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers, such as ARC, that file electronically with the SEC. ARC’s SEC filings and other documents pertaining to the conduct of its business can be found on the “Investors” page of its website. These documents are available in print to any shareholder who requests a copy by writing or calling ARC as set forth on the “Info Request” link on the main “Investor” web page.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Our business faces significant risks. The following risk factors could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and the price of our common stock. We may encounter risks in addition to those described below. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair or adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Adverse domestic and global economic conditions and disruption of financial markets could have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

During the past several years, domestic and international financial markets have experienced extreme disruption, including, among other things, extreme volatility and severely diminished liquidity and credit availability. These developments and the related severe domestic and international economic downturn, have continued to adversely impact our business and financial condition in a number of ways, including effects beyond those that were experienced in previous recessions. A prolonged economic downturn may adversely affect the ability of our customers and suppliers to obtain financing and to perform their obligations under agreements with us. These restrictions could result in a decrease in, or cancellation of, existing business, could limit new business, and could negatively impact our ability to collect on our accounts receivable on a timely basis, if at all. Although there have been recent signs of economic improvement, we are unable to predict the duration and severity of the current economic downturn and disruption in financial markets and their effects on our business and results of operations. These events may, in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

The architectural, engineering and construction (AEC) industry is in the midst of a severe downturn. A continuing decline in the AEC industry could adversely affect our future revenue and profitability.

We estimate that the AEC industry accounted for approximately 77% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our historical operating results reflect the cyclical and variable nature of the AEC industry. The AEC industry is in the midst of a severe downturn. We believe that this industry generally experiences downturns several months after a downturn in the general economy and that there may be a similar delay in the recovery in the AEC industry following a recovery in the general economy. A continued downturn in the AEC industry would further diminish demand for some of our products and services, and would therefore negatively affect our revenues and have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Because a majority of our overall costs are fixed, changes in economic activity, positive or negative, affect our results of operations.

Because approximately 45% of our overall costs were fixed for the year ended December 31, 2011, changes in economic activity, positive or negative, affect our results of operations. As a consequence, our results of operations are subject to volatility and could deteriorate rapidly in a prolonged environment of declining revenues. Failure to maintain adequate cash reserves and to effectively manage our costs could adversely affect our ability to offset our fixed costs and may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Impairment of goodwill may adversely impact future results of operations.

We have intangible assets, including goodwill and other identifiable acquired intangibles on our balance sheet due to prior acquisitions. Based on our goodwill impairment assessments, we recorded impairments of $65.4 million during 2011.

The results of our impairment analysis are as of a particular point in time. If our assumptions regarding future forecasted revenue or gross margins of our operating segments (or “reporting units”) are not achieved, we may be required to record additional goodwill impairment charges in future periods, if any such change constitutes a triggering event prior to the quarter in which we perform our annual goodwill impairment test.

Competition in our industry and innovation by our competitors may hinder our ability to execute our business strategy and maintain our profitability.

The markets for our products and services are highly competitive, with competition primarily at local and regional levels. We compete primarily based on the level and quality of customer service, technological leadership, product performance and price. Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to improve our service offerings, and develop and integrate new technology solutions. In addition, current and prospective customers may decide to perform certain services themselves instead of outsourcing these services to us. These competitive pressures could adversely affect our sales and consolidated results of operations.

We also face the possibility that competition will continue to increase, particularly if copy and printing or business services companies choose to expand into the reprographics services industry. Many of these companies are substantially larger and have significantly greater financial resources than us, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage. In addition, we could encounter competition in the future from large, well-capitalized companies such as equipment dealers and system integrators that can produce their own technology and leverage their existing distribution channels. Any such future competition could adversely affect our business and reduce our future revenue and profitability.

8

The reprographics industry has undergone significant changes in recent years and will continue to evolve. Our failure to anticipate and adapt to future changes in the reprographics industry could harm our competitive position and future revenue and profitability.

The reprographics industry has undergone significant changes in recent years. The industry’s main production technology has migrated from analog to digital. This has prompted a number of industry trends, including a rapid shift toward decentralized production and lower labor utilization. As a result of these trends, reprographers have had to modify their operations to decentralize printing and shift costs from labor to technology.

We expect the reprographics industry to continue to evolve. If we fail to keep pace with current changes or fail to anticipate or adapt to future changes in our primary industry, including changes in digital document services, our competitive position could be harmed which would have a material adverse impact on our future revenue and profitability.

If we are unable to charge for our value-added services to offset potential declines in print volumes, our long-term revenue could decline.

Our customers value the ability to view and order prints over the internet and print to output devices in their own offices and other locations throughout the country and the world. In 2011, our reprographics services excluding digital revenues represented approximately 54% of our total net sales, and our facilities management services represented 24% of our total net sales. Both categories of revenue are generally derived from a charge per square foot of printed material. Future technology advances may further facilitate and improve our customers’ ability to print in their own offices or at a job site. As technology continues to improve, this trend toward printing on an “as needed” basis could result in decreasing printing volumes and declining revenues in the longer term. Failure to offset these potential declines in printing volumes by changing how we charge for our services and develop additional revenue sources could significantly affect our business and reduce our long term revenue, resulting in an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We derive a significant percentage of net sales from within the State of California and our business could be disproportionately harmed by an economic downturn or natural disaster affecting California.

We derived approximately 32% of our net sales in 2011 from our operations in California. As a result, we are dependent to a large extent upon the AEC industry in California and, accordingly, are sensitive to economic factors affecting California, including general and local economic conditions, macroeconomic trends, and natural disasters (including earthquakes and wildfires). In recent years, the real estate development projects (both residential and non-residential) in California have significantly declined which, in turn, has resulted in a decline in sales from within the California-based AEC industry. Any adverse developments affecting California could have a disproportionately negative effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our growth strategy depends, in part, on our ability to successfully complete and manage our acquisitions and branch openings. Failure to do so could impede our future growth and adversely affect our competitive position.

As part of our growth strategy, we intend to prudently pursue strategic acquisitions. Our efforts to execute our acquisition strategy may be affected by our ability to continue to identify, negotiate, close acquisitions and effectively integrate acquired businesses. Acquisitions, however, have not been a significant part of our growth strategy in recent years due to potential risks inherent in an economy recovering from a recent recession.

If we are unable to successfully monitor and manage our operations, our business and profitability could suffer.

Since 1997, we have acquired more than 140 businesses and, in most cases, have delegated the responsibility for marketing, pricing, and selling practices to local and operational managers. During the past two years we have begun to centralize many of these functions, but during this transition period, if we do not successfully manage our operations under this decentralized operating structure, we risk having disparate results, lost market opportunities, lack of economic synergies, and a loss of vision and planning, all of which could harm our business and profitability. In addition, there is a risk that the company-wide rebranding initiative that we commenced following the end of the third quarter of fiscal year 2010 could have a negative effect on our revenues and results of operations and financial condition.

We are dependent upon our vendors to continue to supply us equipment, parts, supplies, and services at comparable terms and price levels as the business grows.

Our access to equipment, parts, supplies, and services depends upon our relationships with, and our ability to purchase these items on competitive terms from our principal vendors. These vendors are not required to use us to distribute their equipment and are generally free to change the prices and other terms at which they sell to us. In addition, we compete with the selling efforts of some of these vendors. Significant deterioration in relationships with, or in the financial condition of, these significant vendors could have an adverse impact on our ability to sell equipment as well as our ability to provide effective service and technical support. If one of these vendors terminates or significantly curtails its relationship with us, or if one of these vendors ceases operations, we would be forced to expand our relationships with our other existing vendors or seek out new relationships with previously unused vendors.

Our failure to adequately protect the proprietary aspects of our technology may cause us to lose market share.

Our success depends on our ability to protect and preserve the proprietary aspects of our technology products. We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and trade secret protection, confidentiality agreements, license agreements, non-competition agreements, reseller agreements, customer contracts, and technical measures to establish and protect our rights in our proprietary technologies. These protections, however, may not be adequate to remedy harm we suffer due to misappropriation of our proprietary rights by third parties. Furthermore, we may, from time to time, be subject to intellectual property litigation which can be expensive, a burden on management’s time and our Company’s resources, and the outcome of any such litigation may be uncertain.

In performing our document management services, we handle customers’ confidential information. Our failure to protect our customers’ confidential information against security breaches could damage our reputation, harm our business and adversely impact our results of operations.

Our document management services involve the handling of our customers’ confidential information. Any compromise of security, accidental loss or theft of customer data in our possession could damage our reputation and expose us to risk of liability, which could harm our business and adversely impact our consolidated results of operation.

Added risks are associated with our international operations.

We have international operations in China, India, the United Kingdom and Canada. Approximately 10% of our revenues for fiscal 2011 were derived from our international operations, with approximately 6% derived from China. Our future revenues, costs of operations and net income could be adversely affected by a number of factors related to our international operations, including changes in economic conditions from country to country, changes in a country’s political condition, trade protection measures, licensing and other legal requirements and local tax issues.

9

If we lose key personnel or qualified technical staff, our ability to manage the day-to-day aspects of our business will be adversely affected.

We believe that our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel is critical to our success. If we lose key personnel and/or are unable to recruit qualified personnel, our ability to manage the day-to-day aspects of our business will be adversely affected. In addition, the loss of the services of one or more members of our senior management team, in particular, the sudden loss of the services of Mr. Suriyakumar, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, would disrupt our business and impede our ability to execute our business strategy. Because the other members of our executive and divisional management team have on average more than 20 years of experience within the reprographics industry, we believe it would be difficult to replace them.

Damage or disruption to our facilities, including our technology center, could impair our ability to effectively provide our services and may have a significant impact on our revenues, expenses and financial condition.

We currently store most of our customer data at our technology center located in Silicon Valley near known earthquake fault zones. Damage to or destruction of this technology center or a disruption of our data storage processes resulting from sustained process abnormalities, human error, acts of terrorism, violence, war or a natural disaster, such as fire, earthquake or flood, could have a material adverse effect on the markets in which we operate and on our business operations.

Although we currently maintain general property damage insurance, if we incur losses from uninsured events, we could incur significant expenses which would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Downgrades in our credit rating may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

From time to time, independent credit rating agencies rate our credit worthiness. Credit market deterioration and its actual or perceived effects on our business, financial condition and results of operation, along with deterioration in general economic conditions, may increase the likelihood that major independent credit agencies will downgrade our credit rating. Any downgrade in our credit rating could increase our cost of borrowing, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations, perhaps materially. Any downgrade in our credit rating may also cause a decline in the market price of our common stock.

Results of tax examinations may adversely impact our future results of operations.

We are subject to various tax examinations on an ongoing basis. Adverse results of tax examinations for income, payroll, value added, sales-based and other taxes may require future material tax payments if we are unable to sustain our position with the relevant jurisdiction. Where appropriate, we have made accruals for these matters which are reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheets and Statements of Operations.

Our debt instruments impose operating and financial restrictions on us and, in the event of a default, would have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

Our credit agreement and high-yield notes indenture impose operating and other restrictions on us and many of our subsidiaries.

A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our debt instruments. If any such default occurs, our creditors under those instruments may declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable, in addition to other remedies.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

At the end of 2011, we operated 220 reprographics service centers, of which 199 were in the United States, seven were in Canada, 11 were in China, two were in India and one in London, England. We also occupied a technology center in Silicon Valley, California, a software programming facility in Kolkata, India, as well as other facilities including our executive offices located in Walnut Creek, California.

In total the Company occupied approximately 1.6 million square feet as of December 31, 2011.

We lease nearly all of our reprographics service centers, each of our administrative facilities and our technology centers. The two facilities that we own are subject to liens under our credit agreements. In addition to the facilities that are owned, our fixed assets are comprised primarily of machinery and equipment, vehicles, and computer equipment. We believe that our facilities are adequate and appropriate for the purposes for which they are currently used in our operations and are well maintained.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

On October 21, 2010, a former employee, individually and on behalf of a purported class consisting of all non-exempt employees who work or worked for American Reprographics Company, LLC and American Reprographics Company in the State of California at any time from October 21, 2006 through October 21, 2010, filed an action against the Company in the Superior Court of California for the County of Orange. The complaint alleges, among other things, that the Company violated the California Labor Code by failing to (i) provide meal and rest periods, or compensation in lieu thereof, (ii) timely pay wages due at termination, and (iii) that those practices also violate the California Business and Professions Code. The relief sought includes damages, restitution, penalties, interest, costs, and attorneys’ fees and such other relief as the court deems proper. The Company has not included any liability in its Consolidated Financial Statements in connection with this matter. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the amount or range of possible loss, if any, at this time.

In addition to the matter described above, the Company is involved in various additional legal proceedings and other legal matters from time to time in the normal course of business. The Company does not believe that the outcome of any of these matters will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

10

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock, par value $0.001, is listed on the NYSE under the stock symbol “ARC”. The following table sets forth for the fiscal periods indicated the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock as reported by the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”).

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	2011				2010
	High		Low		High		Low
First Quarter	$	10.37	$	7.28	$	9.15	$	6.43
Second Quarter		10.50		6.63		11.31		8.33
Third Quarter		7.66		3.22		9.68		6.53
Fourth Quarter		5.11		3.08		7.97		6.00

Performance Graph

The graph below matches American Reprographics Company’s cumulative 5-year total shareholder return on common stock with the cumulative total returns of the Russell 2000 index, and a customized peer group of six companies that includes: G & K Services Inc, Healthcare Services Group Inc, Mobile Mini Inc, School Specialty Inc, Tetra Tech Inc and Viad Corp. The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our common stock, in the peer group, and the index (with the reinvestment of all dividends) from 12/31/2006 to 12/31/2011.

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	12/06		12/07		12/08		12/09		12/10		12/11
American Reprographics Company		100.00		49.47		20.71		21.04		22.79		13.78
Russell 2000		100.00		98.43		65.18		82.89		105.14		100.75
Diversified Commercial & Professional Services		100.00		94.72		76.23		86.79		92.51		81.11

11

The stock price performance included in the graph above is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

Holders

As of March 1, 2012, the approximate number of stockholders of record of our common stock was 90 and the closing price of our common stock was $5.12 per share as reported by the NYSE. Because many of the shares of our common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of beneficial owners represented by these stockholders of record.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to compliance with Delaware corporate law, certain covenants under our debt instruments which restrict or limit our ability to declare or pay dividends, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Securities

None.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The selected historical financial data presented below is derived from the audited financial statements of American Reprographics Company for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008, and 2007. The selected historical financial data does not purport to represent what our financial position or results of operations might be for any future period or date. The financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
	(In thousands)
Statement of Operations Data:
Reprographics services	$	267,531		$	294,555		$	350,491		$	518,062		$	513,630
Facilities management		100,682			89,994			97,401			120,983			113,848
Equipment and supplies sales		54,519			57,090			53,657			61,942			60,876
Total net sales		422,732			441,639			501,549			700,987			688,354
Cost of sales		288,434			299,307			323,360			415,715			401,317
Gross profit		134,298			142,332			178,189			285,272			287,037
Selling, general and administrative expenses		101,315			107,744			115,020			154,728			143,811
Litigation gain		—			—			—			—			(2,897	)
Amortization of intangibles		18,715			11,657			11,367			12,004			9,083
Goodwill impairment		65,444			38,263			37,382			35,154			—
Impairment of long-lived assets		—			—			781			—			—
(Loss) income from operations		(51,176	)		(15,332	)		13,639			83,386			137,040
Other income, net		(103	)		(156	)		(171	)		(517	)		—
Interest expense, net		31,104			24,091			25,781			25,890			24,373
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		—			2,509			—			—			1,327
(Loss) income before income tax provision (benefit)		(82,177	)		(41,776	)		(11,971	)		58,013			111,340
Income tax provision (benefit)		50,931			(14,186	)		3,018			21,200			42,203
Net (loss) income		(133,108	)		(27,590	)		(14,989	)		36,813			69,137
Loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest		21			88			104			(59	)		—
Net (loss) income attributable to American Reprographics Company	$	(133,087	)	$	(27,502	)	$	(14,885	)	$	36,754		$	69,137

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,		September 30,
	Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009			2008		2007
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
(Loss) earnings per share attributable to ARC shareholders:
Basic	$	(2.93	)	$	(0.61	)	$	(0.33	)	$	0.82	$	1.52
Diluted	$	(2.93	)	$	(0.61	)	$	(0.33	)	$	0.81	$	1.51
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
Basic		45,401			45,213			45,123			45,060		45,421
Diluted		45,401			45,213			45,123			45,398		45,829

12

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
	(In thousands)
Other Financial Data:
Depreciation and amortization	$	47,876	$	45,649	$	49,543	$	50,121	$	39,445
Capital expenditures	$	15,553	$	8,634	$	7,506	$	9,033	$	8,303
Interest expense, net	$	31,104	$	24,091	$	25,781	$	25,890	$	24,373

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,			September 30,		September 30,
	As of December 31,
	2011		2010		2009			2008		2007
	(In thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	25,437	$	26,293	$	29,377		$	46,542	$	24,802
Total assets	$	441,357	$	569,085	$	620,954		$	725,931	$	722,611
Long term obligations	$	240,900	$	221,088	$	228,711		$	315,165	$	324,724
Total ARC stockholders’ equity	$	130,677	$	256,506	$	276,007		$	281,781	$	251,651
Working capital	$	40,405	$	22,387	$	(3,739	)	$	29,798	$	4,695

13

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including Part 1, “Item 1 — Business”; Part I, “Item 1A — Risk Factors”; Part II, “Item 6 — Selected Financial Data”; and Part II, “Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Business Summary

ARC provides specialized document solutions to businesses of all types, with an emphasis on the non-residential segment of the architecture, engineering and construction (“AEC”) industry.

Our products and services rely on our technology and expertise to enhance our customers’ document workflow, reduce costs, shorten their document processing and distribution time, improve the quality of their document management tasks, and provide a secure, controlled environment in which to manage, distribute and produce their documents.

ARC offers three general categories of service which are reported as Reprographics Services, Facilities Management, and Equipment and Supplies.

Reprographics Services sales include operational activities such as document management services, document logistics, large- and small-format print-on-demand services in color and black and white, and digital document management services.

Facilities Management sales are primarily composed of on-site services where we provide document production equipment and sometimes staff in our customers’ offices. These services include both traditional reprographics services, as well as managed print services or MPS. Under an MPS contract, we supply, maintain and manage a customer’s entire print networks, including office printing equipment, on an outsourced basis. In each case, ARC assumes all costs related to print, and issues a single invoice to its customers based on a predictable cost-per-print rate.

Equipment and Supplies sales involve the resale of printing and imaging equipment from a wide variety of suppliers.

We are diversifying our business beyond the services we have traditionally provided to the AEC industry, and focusing primarily on managed print services, digital color printing to the non-AEC market, and technology-based document management services. We deliver both our traditional and evolving services through a nationwide network of production facilities, locally-based sales executives, technical specialists, and a national/regional sales force known as Global Solutions, which is managed from our corporate offices in Walnut Creek, California.

Acquisition activity during the last three years has been minimal and did not materially affect our overall business.

We believe ARC has gained market share during the general economic and construction industry downturns in recent years. We expect these potential gains to provide us with a competitive advantage and pricing power in a non-residential construction recovery. Also, given the higher entry barriers, working capital requirements, and lead times associated with securing and servicing large regional and national accounts, management believes ARC is likely to see significantly less competition for these accounts in the early years of a non-residential construction recovery. Based on our analysis of our operating results, we estimate that sales to the AEC industry accounted for approximately 77% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2011, with the remaining 23% consisting of sales to non-AEC industries.

Historically, our local production facilities have operated under their acquired brand. In response to changes in our markets, consisting primarily of the consolidation of our larger customers and prospects, we branded all of our operations “ARC” in 2011 to highlight the scope and scale of our services. Our non-AEC digital color printing business is branded separately as Riot Creative Imaging to facilitate marketing to a specialized customer base.

We identify operating segments based on the various business activities that earn revenue and incur expense. Since operating segments have similar products and services, classes of customers, production processes and economic characteristics, we are deemed to operate as a single reportable segment. See Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” for further information.

Costs and Expenses. Our cost of sales consists primarily of paper, toner and other consumables, labor, and expenses for facilities and equipment. Facilities and equipment expenses include maintenance, repairs, rents, insurance, and depreciation. Paper is the largest component of our material cost. However, paper pricing typically does not significantly affect our operating margins due, in part, to our efforts to pass increased costs on to our customers. We closely monitor material cost as a percentage of net sales to measure volume and waste. We also track labor utilization, or net sales per employee, to measure productivity and determine staffing levels.

We maintain low levels of inventory and other working capital. Our capital expenditure requirements are changing slightly as we are more frequently electing to purchase equipment for our facilities and on-site service installations rather than lease it. This practice reflects an increase of cash available to fund capital expenditures, and the lower cost of capital under our revolving credit facilities versus current capital lease rates.

Research and development costs consist mainly of the salaries, leased building space, and computer equipment that comprise our data storage and development centers in Fremont, California and Kolkata, India. Such costs are primarily recorded to cost of sales.

One of the primary methods we have used to maintain our margins during periods of economic or industry decline has been to quickly and aggressively reduce our variable operating costs. The largest portions of our variable costs are labor related. Given that we manage production capacity primarily through labor utilization during a given daily production schedule or shift, we achieve cost containment objectives through the reduction of full-time employees, and the close management of hourly schedules.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

EBIT, EBITDA and related ratios presented in this report are supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by or presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). These measures are not measurements of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to net income, income from operations, or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP or as an alternative to cash flows from operating, investing or financing activities as a measure of our liquidity.

14

EBIT represents net income before interest and taxes. EBITDA represents net income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBIT margin is a non-GAAP measure calculated by dividing EBIT by net sales. EBITDA margin is a non-GAAP measure calculated by dividing EBITDA by net sales.

We present EBIT, EBITDA and related ratios because we consider them important supplemental measures of our performance and liquidity. We believe investors may also find these measures meaningful, given how our management makes use of them. The following is a discussion of our use of these measures.

We use EBIT and EBITDA to measure and compare the performance of our operating segments. Our operating segments’ financial performance includes all of the operating activities except debt and taxation which are managed at the corporate level for U.S. operating segments. As a result, we believe EBIT is the best measure of operating segment profitability and the most useful metric by which to measure and compare the performance of our operating segments. We also use EBIT to measure performance for determining operating segment-level compensation and we use EBITDA to measure performance for determining consolidated-level compensation. In addition, we use EBIT and EBITDA to evaluate potential acquisitions and potential capital expenditures.

EBIT, EBITDA and related ratios have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows:

• They do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures and contractual commitments;

• They do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

• They do not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary, to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

• Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and

• Other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate these measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

Because of these limitations, EBIT, EBITDA, and related ratios should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in business growth or to reduce our indebtedness. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using EBIT, EBITDA and related ratios only as supplements.

Our presentation of adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA over certain periods is an attempt to provide meaningful comparisons to our historical performance for our existing and future investors. The unprecedented changes in our end markets over the past several years have required us to take measures that are unique in our history and specific to individual circumstances. Comparisons inclusive of these actions make normal financial and other performance patterns difficult to discern under a strict GAAP presentation. Each non-GAAP presentation, however, is explained in detail in the reconciliation tables below.

Specifically, we have presented adjusted net loss attributable to ARC and adjusted (loss) earnings per share attributable to ARC shareholders for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 to reflect the exclusion of goodwill impairment charges, a long-lived assets impairment charge, amortization impact related specifically to the change in useful lives of trade names, loss on early extinguishment of debt, interest rate swap related costs, and the valuation allowance related to certain deferred tax assets and other discrete items. This presentation facilitates a meaningful comparison of our operating results for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. We believe these charges were the result of the current macroeconomic environment, our capital restructuring, or other items which are not indicative of our actual operating performance.

We presented adjusted EBITDA in 2011, 2010 and 2009 to exclude stock-based compensation expense, loss on early extinguishment of debt and the non-cash impairment charges. This presentation is consistent with the definition of adjusted EBITDA in our previous and current credit agreements; therefore, we believe this information is useful to investors in assessing our ability to meet our debt covenants.

The following is a reconciliation of cash flows provided by operating activities to EBIT, EBITDA, and net loss income attributable to ARC:

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Fiscal Year Ended
	December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(In thousands)
Cash flows provided by operating activities	$	49,168		$	53,924		$	97,425
Changes in operating assets and liabilities		10,152			955			(19,919	)
Non-cash expenses, including depreciation and amortization		(192,428	)		(82,469	)		(92,495	)
Income tax provision (benefit)		50,931			(14,186	)		3,018
Interest expense, net		31,104			24,091			25,781
Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest		21			88			104
EBIT		(51,052	)		(17,597	)		13,914
Depreciation and amortization		47,876			45,649			49,543
EBITDA		(3,176	)		28,052			63,457
Interest expense		(31,104	)		(24,091	)		(25,781	)
Income tax (provision) benefit		(50,931	)		14,186			(3,018	)
Depreciation and amortization		(47,876	)		(45,649	)		(49,543	)
Net loss attributable to American Reprographics Company	$	(133,087	)	$	(27,502	)	$	(14,885	)

15

The following is a reconciliation of net loss attributable to ARC to EBIT, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(In thousands)
Net loss attributable to American Reprographics Company	$	(133,087	)	$	(27,502	)	$	(14,885	)
Interest expense, net		31,104			24,091			25,781
Income tax provision (benefit)		50,931			(14,186	)		3,018
EBIT		(51,052	)		(17,597	)		13,914
Depreciation and amortization		47,876			45,649			49,543
EBITDA		(3,176	)		28,052			63,457
Special items:
Stock-based compensation		4,271			5,922			4,892
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		—			2,509			—
Goodwill impairment		65,444			38,263			37,382
Impairment of long-lived assets		—			—			781
Adjusted EBITDA	$	66,539		$	74,746		$	106,512

The following is a reconciliation of our net loss margin to EBIT margin, EBITDA margin and Adjusted EBITDA margin:

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
	2011 (1)			2010 (1)			2009 (1)
Net loss margin		(31.5	)%		(6.2	)%		(3.0	)%
Interest expense, net		7.4			5.5			5.1
Income tax provision (benefit)		12.0			(3.2	)		0.6
EBIT margin		(12.1	)		(4.0	)		2.8
Depreciation and amortization		11.3			10.3			9.9
EBITDA margin		(0.8	)		6.4			12.7
Special items:
Stock-based compensation		1.0			1.3			1.0
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		—			0.6			—
Goodwill impairment		15.5			8.7			7.5
Impairment of long-lived assets		—			—			0.2
Adjusted EBITDA margin		15.7	%		16.9	%		21.2	%

(1) Column does not foot due to rounding

16

The following is a reconciliation of net loss attributable to ARC to adjusted net (loss) income attributable to ARC and (loss) earnings per share to adjusted (loss) earnings per share (in thousands, except per share data):

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Net loss attributable to American Reprographics Company	$	(133,087	)	$	(27,502	)	$	(14,885	)
Goodwill impairment		65,444			38,263			37,382
Impairment of long-lived assets		—			—			781
Change in trade name impact to amortization		9,475			1,579			—
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		—			2,509			—
Interest rate swap related costs		5,691			1,241			2,632
Income tax benefit, related to above items		(16,053	)		(14,758	)		(8,748	)
Deferred tax valuation allowance and other discrete tax items		67,556			—			—
Unaudited adjusted net (loss) income attributable to ARC	$	(974	)	$	1,332		$	17,162
(Loss) Earnings Per Share (Actual):
Basic	$	(2.93	)	$	(0.61	)	$	(0.33	)
Diluted	$	(2.93	)	$	(0.61	)	$	(0.33	)
(Loss) Earnings Per Share (Adjusted):
Basic	$	(0.02	)	$	0.03		$	0.38
Diluted	$	(0.02	)	$	0.03		$	0.38
Weighted average common shares (Actual) outstanding:
Basic		45,401			45,213			45,123
Diluted		45,401			45,213			45,123
Weighted average common shares (Adjusted) outstanding:
Basic		45,401			45,213			45,123
Diluted		45,401			45,383			45,266

Free Cash Flows

Free Cash Flows (“FCF”) is defined as cash flows from operating activities less capital expenditures. FCF is a useful measure in determining our ability to generate excess cash flows for reinvestment in the business in a variety of ways including acquisition opportunities, the potential return of value to shareholders through stock repurchases or the purchase of our own debt instruments. As such, we believe this measure provides relevant and useful information to our current and potential investors.

The following is reconciliation of cash flows provided by operating activities to FCF:

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(In thousands)
Cash flows provided by operating activities	$	49,168		$	53,924		$	97,425
Capital expenditures		(15,553	)		(8,634	)		(7,506	)
Free Cash Flows	$	33,615		$	45,290		$	89,919

17

Results of Operations

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Fiscal Year Ended									2011 Versus 2010						2010 Versus 2009
	December 31,									Increase (Decrease)						Increase (Decrease)
	2011 (1)			2010 (1)			2009 (1)			$ (1)			%			$			%
	(In millions, except percentages)
Reprographics services	$	267.5		$	294.6		$	350.5		$	(27.1	)		(9.2	)%	$	(55.9	)		(15.9	)%
Facilities management		100.7			90.0			97.4			10.7			11.9	%		(7.4	)		(7.6	)%
Equipment and supplies sales		54.5			57.1			53.7			(2.6	)		(4.6	)%		3.4			6.3	%
Total net sales	$	422.7		$	441.6		$	501.5		$	(18.9	)		(4.3	)%	$	(59.9	)		(11.9	)%
Gross profit	$	134.3		$	142.3		$	178.2		$	(8.0	)		(5.6	)%	$	(35.9	)		(20.1	)%
Selling, general and administrative expenses	$	101.3		$	107.7		$	115.0		$	(6.4	)		(5.9	)%	$	(7.3	)		(6.3	)%
Amortization of intangible assets	$	18.7		$	11.7		$	11.4		$	7.0			59.8	%	$	0.3			2.6	%
Goodwill impairment	$	65.4		$	38.3		$	37.4		$	27.1			70.8	%	$	0.9			2.4	%
Impairment of long-lived assets	$	—		$	—		$	0.8		$	—			—	%	$	(0.8	)		(100	)%
Interest expense, net	$	31.1		$	24.1		$	25.8		$	7.0			29.0	%	$	(1.7	)		(6.6	)%
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	$	—		$	2.5		$	—		$	(2.5	)		100.0	%	$	2.5			100.0	%
Income taxes provision (benefit)	$	50.9		$	(14.2	)	$	3.0		$	65.1			(458.5	)%	$	(17.2	)		(573.3	)%
Net loss attributable to ARC	$	(133.1	)	$	(27.5	)	$	(14.9	)	$	(105.6	)		384.0	%	$	(12.6	)		84.6	%
Adjusted net (loss) income attributable to ARC	$	(1.0	)	$	1.3		$	17.2		$	(2.3	)		(176.9	)%	$	(15.9	)		(92.4	)%
EBITDA	$	(3.2	)	$	28.1		$	63.5		$	(31.3	)		(111.4	)%	$	(35.4	)		(55.7	)%
Adjusted EBITDA	$	66.5		$	74.7		$	106.5		$	(8.2	)		(11.0	)%	$	(31.8	)		(29.9	)%

(1) column does not foot due to rounding

The following table provides information on the percentages of certain items of selected financial data compared to net sales for the periods indicated:

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	As a Percentage of Net Sales
	Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
	2011 (1)			2010 (1)			2009 (1)
Net sales		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%
Cost of sales		68.2			67.8			64.5
Gross profit		31.8			32.2			35.5
Selling, general and administrative expenses		24.0			24.4			22.9
Amortization of intangibles		4.4			2.6			2.3
Goodwill impairment		15.5			8.7			7.5
Impairment of long-lived assets		0.0			0.0			0.2
(Loss) income from operations		(12.1	)		(3.5	)		2.7
Other income, net		(0.0	)		(0.0	)		0.0
Interest expense, net		7.4			5.5			5.1
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		0.0			0.6			0.0
Loss before income tax provision (benefit)		(19.4	)		(9.5	)		(2.4	)
Income tax provision (benefit)		12.0			(3.2	)		0.6
Net loss		(31.5	)		(6.2	)		(3.0	)
Loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest		0.0			0.0			0.0
Net loss income attributable to ARC		(31.5	)%		(6.2	)%		(3.0	)%

(1) column does not foot due to rounding

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2010

Net Sales

Net sales in 2011 decreased by 4.3%. The decrease in net sales was primarily due to declines in overall construction industry spending. We also believe our AEC customers are accelerating their adoption of technology, and exerting greater central control over document production for their project teams. With the lack of new construction activity in 2011, it remains difficult to quantify the effect of such behavior, but we believe it could be a contributing factor to the declines we have seen in large-format black-and-white document printing over the past 12 months.

Reprographics services. Reprographics sales decreased $27.1 million, or 9.2% in 2011 compared to 2010.

18

Overall reprographics services sales nationwide were negatively affected by the lower volume of construction drawings produced through large-format black and white printing. Large-format black and white printing revenues represented approximately 32% of reprographics services in 2011, as compared to approximately 36% in 2010, and decreased by approximately 17% year-over-year.

Digital color printing comprised approximately 28% of our overall reprographics services revenue for 2011, as compared to approximately 25% for 2010. Net sales of digital color printing services increased 1.3% in 2011, compared to 2010. We attribute this to new activity to our Riot Creative Imaging branded operations, comprised of 12 dedicated production facilities in major metropolitan areas around the United States, which was partly offset by a decline in color printing in the AEC industry.

Our customers in the AEC industry prefer to receive documents in both analog (printed) and digital forms, but, since 2005, we have seen increasing adoption of digital services. The recent lack of construction project activity with which digital services are associated, however, has constrained sales in this service line. During 2011, digital service revenue decreased by 4.0%, compared to 2010, but as a percentage of our overall sales it remained steady at approximately 9.0% of sales in 2011 and 2010.

Facilities management. On-site sales in 2011 compared to 2010, increased by 11.9%. FM revenue is derived from two sources: 1) an engagement with the customer to place traditional reprographics equipment that we own or lease in our customers’ offices, typically referred to as a “traditional FM,” and 2) an arrangement by which our customers outsource their entire printing network to us, including all office printing, copying, and reprographics printing, typically referred to as “managed print services” or MPS. In both cases we are paid a single cost per unit of material used, often referred to as a “click charge.”

The number of onsite services accounts has grown by over 200 accounts to approximately 6,000 as of December 31, 2011 due to the growing demand for MPS.

Equipment and supplies sales. Equipment and supplies sales decreased by 4.6% compared to 2010. The decrease in equipment and supplies sales was primarily due to decreased sales from UNIS Document Solutions Co. Ltd (“UDS”), our Chinese business venture with Beijing-based Unisplendour. To date, the Chinese market has shown a preference for owning reprographics equipment as opposed to using equipment through an on-site services or FM arrangement. Chinese operations had sales of equipment of $17.7 million in 2011, as compared to $19.0 million in 2010. The year-over-year decrease was due in part to increased competition for a major manufacturer’s reselling channel.

Gross Profit

During the 12 months ended December 31, 2011, gross profit and gross profit margin decreased to $134.3 million, or 31.8%, compared to $142.3 million, or 32.2%, during the same period in 2010, on a sales decline of $18.9 million.

The primary reason for the decrease in gross margins was a change in our product mix. Material costs in 2011 as a percentage of sales were 110 basis points higher as compared to 2010, driven by increased material costs as a percentage of digital color sales and lower margin equipment and supplies sales.

By aggressively reducing labor and overhead costs in response to the decline in overall sales, we believe that our margins remained healthy relative to our revenue.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

The decrease of $6.4 million in selling, general and administrative expenses was due to the continuation of cost reduction programs in 2011.

General and administrative expenses for 2011 decreased $5.8 million, or 7.9% compared to the same period in 2010. This decrease was primarily driven by the reconfiguration of our labor force to increase utilization in response to the decline in overall sales, as noted above, and a decrease in stock-based compensation.

Sales and marketing expenses decreased $0.6 million driven by decreased sales compensation on lower sales volume. This decline in expenses was partially offset by the hiring of additional sales personnel to implement specific sales initiatives, such as Riot Creative Imaging, and our MPS offering.

Amortization of Intangibles

In 2011, amortization of intangibles increased by $7.0 million due to the revised useful lives assigned to our trade names.

During the fourth quarter of 2010, we decided to phase out the use of our local trade names over the following 18 months and revised the remaining estimated useful lives of our trade name intangible assets accordingly. Effective January 1, 2011, all divisions began using the ARC name, though some use of the original brand names will remain in circulation to ensure business recognition and the retention of existing customers. Once the trade names are fully transitioned to the ARC name and removed from the marketplace, they will quickly lose value. This change in estimate is accounted for on a prospective basis, resulting in increased amortization expense over the revised useful lives for each trade name. The remaining useful lives of trade names prior to this change ranged from 11 to 18 years.

Goodwill Impairment

We assess goodwill for impairment annually as of September 30 and more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. Goodwill impairment testing is performed at the reporting unit level.

At September 30, 2011, we performed our annual goodwill impairment analysis, which indicated that nine of our 37 reporting units, eight in the United States and one in Canada, had a goodwill impairment as of September 30, 2011. Accordingly, we recorded a pretax, non-cash charge for the three months ended September 30, 2011 to reduce the carrying value of goodwill by $42.1 million.

At June 30, 2011, we determined that there were sufficient indicators to trigger an interim goodwill impairment analysis. The indicators included, among other factors: (1) the economic environment, (2) the performance against plan of reporting units which previously had goodwill impairment, and (3) revised forecasted future earnings. Our analysis indicated that six of our 36 reporting units, all of which are located in the United States, had a goodwill impairment as of June 30, 2011. Accordingly, we recorded a pretax, non-cash charge during the second quarter of 2011 to reduce the carrying value of goodwill by $23.3 million.

See “Critical Accounting Policies” section for further information related to our goodwill impairment test.

19

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Our operating segments are being negatively impacted by the drop in commercial and residential construction resulting from the current economic downturn. Before assessing our goodwill for impairment, we evaluated the long-lived assets of our operating segments. Based on this assessment there was no impairment in 2011. For further information, please see Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Interest Expense, Net

Net interest expense was $31.1 million in 2011, compared to $24.1 million in 2010. The increase in interest expense was primarily driven by the amortization of the amended interest rate swap, which was reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss into earnings as a result of the de-designation from hedge accounting on December 1, 2010, which totaled $5.7 million in 2011. We also incurred a higher effective interest rate due to the issuance of the 10.5% senior unsecured notes (the “Notes”) on December 1, 2010, resulting in additional interest expense of $4.2 in 2011. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in the average debt balance by $24.0 million from 2010 to 2011.

Loss on the extinguishment of debt

On December 1, 2010, we closed a private placement of 10.5% senior unsecured notes due 2016 (the “Notes”) and extinguished the debt under our previous credit agreement. Accordingly, we wrote off unamortized deferred financing fees of $2.5 million.

Income Taxes

We recorded an income tax provision of $50.9 million in relation to a pretax loss of $82.2 million for 2011. The income tax provision includes a $68.5 million valuation allowance against certain of our deferred tax assets. Had we not recognized this valuation allowance, our tax benefit would have been $17.6 million in relation to our pretax loss of $82.2 million. This yields an effective tax rate of 21.4%, which was primarily impacted by the impairment of nondeductible stock-based goodwill related to acquisitions in prior years. The deferred tax assets remain available to us for use in future profitable quarters.

The audit of our 2008 federal income tax return by the Internal Revenue Service was finalized during the first quarter of 2011 and resulted in no adjustments. Due to this final result and other pertinent factors, we derecognized our liability for an uncertain tax position of $1.5 million and related accrued interest of $0.1 million.

Noncontrolling Interest

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest represents 35% of the loss of UDS and its subsidiaries, which together comprise our Chinese operations, which commenced operations on August 1, 2008.

Net Loss Attributable to ARC

Net loss attributable to ARC was $133.1 million in 2011, as compared to net loss attributable to ARC of $27.5 million in 2010. The net loss attributable to ARC in 2011 is primarily due to the goodwill impairment charges recognized in the second and third quarters of 2011, the establishment of a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets, and the decrease in sales described above.

EBITDA

EBITDA margin decreased to (0.8)% in 2011, as compared to 6.4% in 2010 due to the higher goodwill impairment charges in 2011. Excluding the impact of stock-based compensation, loss on early extinguishment of debt, and the non-cash goodwill impairment in 2011 and 2010 respectively, our adjusted EBITDA margin was 15.7% in 2011, as compared to 16.9% in 2010. The decrease in adjusted EBITDA was due to the decrease in gross profit noted above, excluding the impact of depreciation.

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2009

Net Sales

Net sales in 2010 decreased by 11.9%. The decrease in net sales was primarily due to declines in overall construction industry spending, especially in the non-residential building segment.

Reprographics services. Reprographics sales decreased by $55.9 million, or 15.9%, in 2010 compared to 2009.

Overall reprographics services sales nationwide were negatively affected by the lack of significant new construction activity in the AEC industry. The revenue category that was most affected was large-format black and white printing, as this revenue category is more closely tied to non-residential and residential construction. Large-format black and white printing revenues represented approximately 36% of reprographics services in 2010; large-format black and white printing revenues decreased by approximately 26% in 2010 compared to 2009.

Large and small-format color printing in both the AEC market and the non-AEC market comprised approximately 25% of our overall reprographics services revenue for 2010, as compared to approximately 22% for 2009. Despite the weakness in the AEC industry, net sales of digital color printing services only decreased 1.5% in 2010, compared to 2009 and we partly attribute this to continuing marketing activity by non-AEC businesses aggressively competing for business as the general economy recovers.

While most of our customers in the AEC industry still prefer to receive documents in hardcopy, paper format, we have seen an increase in our digital service revenue as a percentage of total sales. This increase is presumably due to the greater efficiency that digital document workflows bring to our customers’ businesses, and also due to greater consistency in the way that we charge for these services as they become more widely accepted throughout the construction industry. As was the case with our overall sales, however, the dollar amount of digital service revenue was negatively affected by current market conditions. During 2010, digital service revenue decreased by $3.2 million or 7.4%, compared to 2009, but as a percentage of our overall sales it increased to 8.9% in 2010 compared to 8.5% in 2009.

20

Facilities management. On-site, or FM, sales in 2010 compared to 2009, decreased by $7.4 million or 7.6%. FM revenue is derived from a single cost per square foot of printed material, similar to our reprographics services revenue. As convenience and speed continue to characterize our customers’ needs, and as printing equipment continues to become smaller and more affordable, the trend of placing equipment, and sometimes staff, in an architectural studio or construction company office remains strong. Despite a difficult market, we recorded a net increase of approximately 100 facilities management accounts during 2010, bringing our total FM accounts to approximately 5,800 as of December 31, 2010. By placing such equipment on-site and billing on a per use and per project basis, the invoice continues to be issued by us, as would be the case if the work was produced in one of our centralized production facilities. The resulting benefit to our customers is the convenience of on-site production with a pass-through, or reimbursable, cost of business that many customers continue to find attractive. Despite the increase in FM accounts, sales decreased as the volume of prints at FM locations significantly declined due to the lack of construction activity described above.

Equipment and supplies sales. Equipment and supplies sales increased by $3.4 million or 6.3% over the same period in 2009. During 2010, the increase in equipment and supplies sales was primarily due to increased sales in UDS, our Chinese business venture with Beijing-based Unisplendour. UDS commenced operations during the third quarter of 2008. Shanghai UNIS Document Printing Co., Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of UDS which acquired the assets of Shanghai Light Business Machines Co., Ltd., commenced operations in July 2009. To date, the Chinese market has shown a preference for owning reprographics equipment as opposed to using equipment through an on-site services or FM arrangement. Chinese operations had sales of equipment and supplies of $19.0 million in 2010, as compared to $13.1 million in 2009.

Gross Profit

During the 12 months ended December 31, 2010, gross profit and gross profit margin decreased to $142.3 million, or 32.2%, compared to $178.2 million, or 35.5%, during the same period in 2009, on a sales decline of $59.9 million.

The primary reason for the decrease in gross margins was a change in our product mix. Material costs in 2010 as a percentage of sales were 300 basis points higher as compared to 2009. Specifically, we saw an increase in lower margin equipment and supplies sales as a percentage of total sales attributable to the performance of UDS. Lower margin equipment and supplies sales comprised 12.9% of total sales in 2010, compared to 10.7% in 2009. To a much lesser extent, material costs were also negatively impacted as material cost for color printing increased as a percentage of color sales by approximately 230 basis points in 2010 as compared to 2009. We believe these higher color material costs were driven in part by the need to outsource work as we reconfigured operations to support the new Riot Creative Imaging brand, and also from accepting lower margin work to help gain market share and credibility with a new customer base.

In response to the overall decline in sales, we implemented cost cutting initiatives that resulted in a decline in labor and overhead costs that were in line with the drop in overall sales. Overhead and labor costs as a percentage of sales in 2010 were consistent with 2009.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

The decrease of $7.3 million in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to the implementation of cost reduction programs initiated in response to the decline in sales and a decrease in bad debt expense. Specifically, general and administrative base compensation expense decreased by $4.0 million compared to 2009. The decrease in general and administrative compensation was primarily due to the consolidation of certain back office functions performed across operating segments, as well as other company initiatives. Bad debt expense decreased by $2.1 million in 2010 compared to 2009, as a result of improved collections and lack of significant write-offs in 2010. The cost reduction programs in 2010, as compared to 2009, have also resulted in a decrease of $1.3 million in professional fees, consulting fees, and advertising. Despite the significant decrease in sales, sales compensation increased by $0.5 million in 2010. This increase is due to additional sales personnel who were hired to implement new sales initiatives, under our new brand, Riot Creative Imaging, and through our MPS offering. The items noted above were further offset by an increase in stock-based compensation of $1.0 million.

Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales increased from 22.9% in 2009 to 24.4% in 2010, primarily due to the significant decline in sales resulting in unabsorbed sales compensation and administrative costs.

Amortization of Intangibles

In 2010, amortization of intangibles increased by $0.3 million, as compared to 2009. This increase is due to the impact of the change in estimated useful lives related to trade names of $1.6 million, partially offset by a decrease in amortization of customer relationships of $0.9 million.

During the fourth quarter of 2010, we decided to phase out the use of our local trade names over the following 18 months and revised the remaining estimated useful lives of our trade name intangible assets accordingly. Effective January 1, 2011, all divisions began using the ARC name, though some use of the original brand names remain in circulation to ensure business recognition and the retention of existing customers. Once the trade names are fully transitioned to the ARC name and removed from the marketplace, they will quickly lose value. This change in estimate is accounted for on a prospective basis, resulting in increased amortization expense over the revised useful lives for each trade name. The remaining useful lives of trade names prior to this change ranged from 11 to 18 years.

Goodwill Impairment

We assess goodwill for impairment as of September 30 each year or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. We concluded that, in the absence of the annual goodwill impairment analysis, there were sufficient indicators in the third quarter of 2010 to require a goodwill impairment analysis as of September 30, 2010. The indicators included among other factors, our 2010 third quarter results and our revision of projected future earnings.

Goodwill impairment testing is performed at the operating segment (or “reporting unit”) level. Goodwill is assigned to reporting units at the date the goodwill is initially recorded. Once goodwill has been assigned to reporting units, it no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition, and all of the activities within a reporting unit, whether acquired or internally generated, are available to support the value of the goodwill. Based on our annual goodwill impairment assessment, we recorded a $38.3 million impairment in the third quarter of 2010.

The results of our 2009 goodwill impairment analysis indicated that 11 of our reporting units, nine in the United States, one in the United Kingdom, and one in Canada, had a goodwill impairment in 2009. Accordingly, we recorded a pretax impairment in 2009 to reduce the carrying value of goodwill by $37.4 million.

See Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 4 “Goodwill and other intangibles resulting from business acquisitions” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

21

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Our operating segments are being negatively impacted by the drop in commercial and residential construction resulting from the current economic downturn. Before assessing our goodwill for impairment, we evaluated the long-lived assets of our operating segments. Based on this assessment there was no impairment in 2010. In 2009 we determined that there was an impairment of long-lived assets of our operating segment in the United Kingdom. Accordingly, we recorded a pretax, non-cash charge in 2009 to reduce the carrying value of other intangible assets by $0.8 million. Given the current economic environment we have and will continue to monitor the need to test our intangibles for impairment as required by ASC 805.

See Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Interest Expense, Net

Net interest expense was $24.1 million in 2010, compared to $25.8 million in 2009. The decrease of $1.7 million relates to the $34.6 million reduction of total debt during 2010. Specifically, our capital leases and seller notes had a net decrease in principal balances by $23.2 million in 2010. These decreases are partially offset by the issuance, on December 1, 2010, of $200.0 million in unsecured notes due December 2016, before debt discount of $4.4 million, which was used to pay off our prior bank debt of $199.4 million. Our effective interest rate increased from 8.1% on our retired bank debt to 11.0% on our notes issued on December 1, 2010. The Notes issued on December 1, 2010, were issued at a discount, which resulted in an effective interest rate of 11.0%. Since our debt is now financed by a fixed rate bond as opposed to a loan with a variable interest rate, our interest rate swap contract is no longer considered a cash flow hedge. The fair value of the swap agreement that was on the balance sheet as of December 2, 2010, will be amortized under interest expense. As required, in December 2010 we began to amortize the fair value of the interest rate swap.

Loss on the extinguishment of debt

On December 1, 2010, we closed a private placement of the Notes and extinguished the debt under our previous credit agreement. Accordingly, we wrote off unamortized deferred financing fees of $2.5 million.

Income Taxes

Our effective income tax rate of 34.0% related to our income tax benefit in 2010 was primarily impacted by the impairment of goodwill related to stock acquired in prior years which amounted to $3.9 million and derived no current tax benefit. This is due to the fact that impairment charges related to stock basis goodwill is not tax deductible until the stock is disposed of and is treated as a permanent item for financial reporting purposes. The total goodwill impairment of $38.3 million resulted in a tax benefit of $12.8 million deriving an effective tax rate of 33.4%.

Barring goodwill impairments, we had a tax benefit of $1.4 million on a pretax loss of $3.5 million in 2010 deriving an effective tax rate of 40.0%, compared to a tax provision of $10.3 million on pretax income of $25.4 million deriving an effective tax rate of 40.6% in 2009.

Noncontrolling Interest

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest represents 35% of the loss of UDS and its subsidiaries, which together comprise our Chinese operations, which commenced operations on August 1, 2008.

Net Loss Attributable to ARC

Net loss attributable to ARC was $27.5 million in 2010, as compared to net loss attributable to ARC of $14.9 million in 2009. The decrease is primarily due to the decrease in sales and gross margins, partially offset by the decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses described above.

EBITDA

EBITDA margin decreased to 6.4% in 2010, as compared to 12.7% in 2009. EBITDA margin in 2010 compared to 2009 was negatively impacted primarily due to the decrease in gross profit, excluding the impact of depreciation, and the increase in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales described above. Excluding the impact of stock-based compensation of $5.9 million and $4.9 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively, loss on early extinguishment of debt of $2.5 million in 2010, the non-cash $38.3 million and $37.4 million goodwill impairment in 2010 and 2009 respectively, and $0.8 million long-lived assets impairment charges in 2009, our adjusted EBITDA margin was 16.9% in 2010, as compared to 21.2% in 2009.

22

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth certain quarterly financial data for the eight quarters ended December 31, 2011. This quarterly information has been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in our opinion, reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the information for periods presented. Operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

		Septe 30,			Septe 30,			Septe 30,			Septe 30,			Septe 30,			Septe 30,			Septe 30,			Septe 30,
	Quarter Ended (In thousands, except percentages)
	Mar. 31,			June 30,			Sept. 30,			Dec. 31,			Mar. 31,			June 30,			Sept. 30,			Dec. 31,
	2011												2010
Reprographics services	$	70,022		$	70,460		$	65,529		$	61,520		$	76,257		$	78,453		$	72,709		$	67,136
Facilities management		24,203			25,596			25,505			25,378			22,403			22,627			22,602			22,362
Equipment and supplies sales		12,279			13,534			13,758			14,948			13,501			14,008			14,110			15,471
Total net sales	$	106,504		$	109,590		$	104,792		$	101,846		$	112,161		$	115,088		$	109,421		$	104,969
Quarterly sales as a % of annual sales		25.2	%		25.9	%		24.8	%		24.1	%		25.4	%		26.1	%		24.8	%		23.7	%
Gross profit	$	33,386		$	35,695		$	33,924		$	31,293		$	36,851		$	39,455		$	35,018		$	31,008
Income (loss) from operations	$	810		$	(19,165	)	$	(36,372	)	$	3,551		$	7,084		$	8,729		$	(32,323	)	$	1,178
EBITDA	$	13,361		$	(6,852	)	$	(24,695	)	$	15,010		$	18,791		$	19,817		$	(21,441	)	$	10,885
Net income (loss) attributable to ARC	$	(3,643	)	$	(84,630	)	$	(41,757	)	$	(3,057	)	$	717		$	1,679		$	(25,144	)	$	(4,754	)

The following is a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income for each respective quarter.

		Septem30,			Septem30,			Septem30,			Septem30,			Septem30,			Septem30,			Septem30,			Septem30,
	Quarter Ended (In thousands, except percentages)
	Mar. 31,			June 30,			Sept. 30,			Dec. 31,			Mar. 31,			June 30,			Sept. 30,			Dec. 31,
	2011												2010
EBITDA	$	13,361		$	(6,852	)	$	(24,695	)	$	15,010		$	18,791		$	19,817		$	(21,441	)	$	10,885
Interest expense, net		(8,167	)		(7,699	)		(7,743	)		(7,495	)		(5,888	)		(5,754	)		(5,614	)		(6,835	)
Income tax (provision) benefit		3,649			(57,913	)		2,392			941			(530	)		(1,276	)		12,668			3,324
Depreciation and amortization		(12,486	)		(12,166	)		(11,711	)		(11,513	)		(11,656	)		(11,108	)		(10,757	)		(12,128	)
Net income (loss) attributable to ARC	$	(3,643	)	$	(84,630	)	$	(41,757	)	$	(3,057	)	$	717		$	1,679		$	(25,144	)	$	(4,754	)

We believe that quarterly revenues and operating results may vary significantly in the future and that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance. In addition, our quarterly operating results are typically affected by seasonal factors, primarily the number of working days in a quarter. Historically, our fourth quarter is the slowest, reflecting the slowdown in construction activity during the holiday season. We recorded a goodwill impairment in the amount of $42.1 million, $23.3 million and $38.3 million, during the quarters ended September 30, 2011, June 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010, respectively. We recorded valuation allowances against certain deferred tax assets of $64.3 million, $1.4 million and $2.8 million during the quarters ended June 30, 2011, September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

Inflation has not had a significant effect on our operations. Price increases for raw materials, such as paper, typically have been, and we expect will continue to be, passed on to customers in the ordinary course of business.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal sources of cash have been operations and borrowings under our debt agreements. Our historical uses of cash have been for acquisitions of reprographics businesses, payment of principal and interest on outstanding debt obligations, and capital expenditures. Total cash as of December 31, 2011 was $25.4 million. Of this amount, $13.7 million was held in foreign countries. Specifically, $13.1 million was held in China and is considered a permanent investment in UDS. Supplemental information pertaining to our historical sources and uses of cash is presented as follows and should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and notes thereto included elsewhere in this report.

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	49,168		$	53,924		$	97,425
Net cash used in investing activities	$	(25,182	)	$	(8,502	)	$	(9,349	)
Net cash used in financing activities	$	(25,107	)	$	(48,999	)	$	(105,332	)

Operating Activities

Cash flows from operations are primarily driven by sales and net profit generated from these sales, excluding non-cash charges.

The overall decrease in cash flows from operations in 2011 was primarily due to the decline in sales and related profits. This is reflected in the $8.2 million decrease in adjusted EBITDA during this time period, as well as an increase in accounts receivable of $2.1 million and cash interest payments of $4.6 million, which, in turn, was partially offset by an income tax refund of $12.1 million received in 2011 related to carryback of 2010 tax losses to 2008. The increase in accounts receivable was driven by an increase in our days sales outstanding (“DSO”), which was 48 days as of December 31, 2011, as compared to 45 days as of December 31, 2010. With the continued slowdown in the AEC industry, we will continue to focus on our accounts receivable collections and DSO. If the recent negative sales trends continue throughout 2012, it will significantly impact our cash flows from operations in the future. The increase in cash interest payments in 2011 was due to the issuance of the $200 million Notes in December of 2010. With the issuance of the Notes, our effective interest rate increased from 8.1% to 11.0%, which will affect our cash flows from operations in the future.

23

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 was primarily driven by sales and net profit generated from these sales, excluding depreciation, amortization and the goodwill impairment charge. The overall decrease in cash flows from operations in 2010 was due to the significant decline in sales and related profits and the cash contribution from a decrease in receivables in 2009. With the downturn in the general economy during this time, we planned to focus on our accounts receivable collections and DSO, which was 45 days as of December 31, 2010. Cash flows from operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 were negatively affected by an increase in prepaid taxes of approximately $2.5 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2009 was primarily driven by sales, and net profit generated from these sales, excluding depreciation and the goodwill impairment charge. The overall decrease in cash flows from operations in 2009 compared to 2008 was due to the decline in sales and corresponding EBITDA. Our strong cash flows from operations in 2009, despite the decrease in profitability, was partially due to continued improved accounts receivable collection efforts. As evidence of our improved collection efforts during this period, our days sales outstanding decreased slightly to 43 days as of December 31, 2009, as compared to 45 days as of December 31, 2008. Also contributing to the strong cash generation in 2009 was the fact that higher sales in the fourth quarter of 2008, as compared to the sales trend in 2009, were partially collected in 2009. Additionally, the utilization of $3.6 million of prepaid taxes contributed to the cash flows from operations.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities primarily related to capital expenditures and acquisition of businesses. Payments for businesses acquired, net of cash acquired and including other cash payments and earnout payments associated with the acquisitions, amounted to $0.8 million, $0.9 million, and $3.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The decrease is due to the significant decrease in acquisition activity, no earnout payments made in 2011 and fewer earnout payments made in 2010 and 2009. We incurred capital expenditures totaling $15.6 million, $8.6 million, and $7.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The increase in capital expenditures is primarily due to growth in our on-site services, and due to the fact that we are electing to purchase equipment more frequently rather than leasing equipment. Other cash flows from investing activities of $0.9 million, $1.0 million, and $1.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, are primarily due to cash received from the sale of property, and disposal of fixed assets. Funds required to finance our business expansion will come from operating cash flows and additional borrowings.

Financing Activities

Net cash of $25.1 million used in financing activities during the 12 months ended December 31, 2011, primarily relates to scheduled payments of $25.2 million on our debt agreements and capital leases. Net cash of $49.0 million used in financing activities during the 12 months ended December 31, 2010, primarily relates to scheduled payments of approximately $39 million on our debt agreements and capital leases, and payment of deferred financing fees of $4.5 million related to the issuance of the Notes. On December 1, 2010 we paid off our then-existing senior secured credit facility in the amount of $199.4 million, with net proceeds of $195.6 million from the issuance of the Notes and available cash. See Note 6 “Long-Term Debt” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more information related to the Notes issuance. Net cash of $105.3 million used in financing activities during the 12 months ended December 31, 2009, primarily relates to scheduled payments of $59.0 million on our debt agreements and capital leases, a $35.0 million early paydown on our then-existing term loan facility, and approximately $11.0 million in early paydowns of capital lease obligations. Our cash position, working capital, and debt obligations as of December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 are shown below and should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Balance Sheets and notes thereto elsewhere in this report.

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Cash and cash equivalents	$	25,437	$	26,293	$	29,377
Working capital	$	40,405	$	22,387	$	(3,739	)
Borrowings from senior secured credit facilities and Notes	$	196,241	$	195,692	$	205,625
Other debt obligations		30,023		43,932		68,606
Total debt obligations	$	226,264	$	239,624	$	274,231

The increase of $18.0 million in working capital in 2011 was primarily due to a decrease in accrued expenses of $10.8 million and a decrease in the current portion of long-term debt and capital leases of $8.6 million. The decrease in accrued expenses is primarily related to the payment upon termination of the swap transaction. The decrease in the current portion of long-term debt and capital leases is due the repayment of debt. To manage our working capital, we focus on our number of days sales outstanding and monitor the aging of our accounts receivable, as receivables are the most significant element of our working capital.

We believe that our current cash balance of $25.4 million, availability under the 2012 Credit Agreement and additional cash flows provided by operations should be adequate to cover the next twelve months’ working capital needs, debt service requirements which consists of scheduled principal and interest payments, and planned capital expenditures, to the extent such items are known or are reasonably determinable based on current business and market conditions. In addition we may elect to finance certain of our capital expenditure requirements through borrowings under our senior secured revolving credit facility, which had no debt outstanding as of December 31, 2011, or the issuance of additional debt which is dependent on availability of third party financing. See “Debt Obligations” section for further information related to our current credit facility.

We generate the majority of our revenue from sales of products and services provided to the AEC industry. As a result, our operating results and financial condition can be significantly affected by economic factors that influence the AEC industry, such as non-residential and residential construction spending. The effects of the current economic downturn in the United States, and weakness in global economic conditions, have resulted in a downturn in the residential and non-residential construction spending of the AEC industry, which have adversely affected our operating results. The current diminished liquidity and credit availability in financial markets and the general economic downturn may adversely affect the ability of our customers and suppliers to obtain financing for significant operations and purchases, and to perform their obligations under their agreements with us. We believe the credit constraints in the financial markets are resulting in a decrease in, or cancellation of, existing business, could limit new business, and could negatively impact our ability to collect our accounts receivable on a timely basis. We are unable to predict the duration and severity of the current economic downturn or its effects on our business and results of operations, but the consequences may be materially adverse and more severe than other recent economic slowdowns.

24

We may buy our own bonds or equity securities from time to time in the open market or in private transactions. While we have not been actively seeking growth through acquisition during the current economic and industry downturn, the executive team continues to selectively evaluate potential acquisitions.

Debt Obligations

10.5% Senior Notes due 2016

The Notes have an aggregate principal amount of $200 million, and are general unsecured senior obligations and are subordinate to all of our existing and future senior secured debt to the extent of the assets securing such debt. We received gross proceeds of $195.6 million from the Notes offering. Our obligations under the Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by all of our domestic subsidiaries. The issue price was 97.824% with a yield to maturity of 11.0%. Interest on the Notes accrues at a rate of 10.5% per annum and is payable semiannually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on June 15, 2011. We will make each interest payment to the holders of record of the Notes on the immediately preceding June 1 and December 1.

Repurchase upon Change of Control. In connection with the issuance of the Notes, we entered into an indenture (the “Indenture”). Upon the occurrence of a change in control (as defined in the Indenture), each holder of the Notes may require us to repurchase all of the then-outstanding Notes in cash at a price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase.

Other Covenants. The Indenture contains covenants that limit, among other things, our company’s and certain of our subsidiaries’ ability to (1) incur certain additional debt and issue preferred stock, (2) make certain restricted payments, (3) consummate specified asset sales, (4) enter into certain transactions with affiliates, (5) create liens, (6) declare or pay any dividend or make any other distributions, (7) make certain investments, and (8) merge or consolidate with another person.

Events of Default. The Indenture provides for customary events of default (subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure periods), which include non-payment, breach of covenants in the Indenture, cross default and acceleration of other indebtedness, a failure to pay certain judgments and certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Generally, if an event of default occurs, the Trustee or holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all of the then-outstanding Notes to be due and payable.

Exchange Offer. Pursuant to a registered exchange offer in May 2011, we offered to exchange up to $200 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes, for new notes that were registered under the Securities Act. The terms of the registered notes are the same as the terms of the Notes, except that they are registered under the Securities Act and the transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest provisions are not applicable. We accepted the exchange of $200 million aggregate principal amounts of the Notes that were properly tendered in the exchange offer.

On December 1, 2010, we paid off, in full, amounts outstanding under our previous credit agreement when the private placement of the Notes was completed.

2010 Credit Agreement

In connection with the issuance of the Notes, our company and certain of our subsidiaries also entered into the 2010 Credit Agreement that provided for a $50 million senior secured revolving line of credit.

As of December 31, 2011 we did not have any outstanding debt under the 2010 Credit Agreement.

As of December 31, 2011, standby letters of credit aggregated to $3.9 million. The standby letters of credit under the 2010 Credit Agreement reduced our borrowing availability under the 2010 Credit Agreement to $46.1 million.

2012 Credit Agreement

On January 27, 2012, we entered into a new Credit Agreement (the “2012 Credit Agreement”) and terminated the 2010 Credit Agreement. The 2012 Credit Agreement provides revolving loans in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50.0 million with a Canadian sublimit of $5.0 million, based on inventory, accounts receivable and unencumbered equipment of our subsidiaries organized in the US and Canada (“Domestic Subsidiaries”) that meet certain eligibility criteria. The 2012 Credit Agreement has a maturity date of June 15, 2016.

Amounts borrowed in US dollars under the 2012 Credit Agreement bear interest, in the case of LIBOR loans, at a per annum rate equal to the LIBOR plus the LIBOR Margin, which may range from 1.75% to 2.25%, based on Average Daily Net Availability (as defined in the Credit Agreement). All other amounts borrowed in US dollars that are not LIBOR loans bear interest at a per annum rate equal to (i) the greatest of (A) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.5%, (B) the LIBOR (calculated based upon an interest period of three months and determined on a daily basis), plus 1.0% per annum, and (C) the rate of interest announced, from time to time, within Wells Fargo Bank, National Association at its principal office in San Francisco as its “prime rate,” plus (ii) the Base Rate Margin (as defined in the 2012 Credit Agreement), which may range from 0.75 to 1.25 percent, based on Average Daily Net Availability. Amounts borrowed in Canadian dollars bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the Canadian Base Rate (as defined in the 2012 Credit Agreement) plus the LIBOR Margin, which may range from 1.75% to 2.25%, based on Average Daily Net Availability.

The 2012 Credit Agreement contains various loan covenants that restrict our ability to take certain actions, including restrictions on incurrence of indebtedness, creation of liens, mergers or consolidations, dispositions of assets, repurchase or redemption of capital stock, making certain investments, entering into certain transactions with affiliates or changing the nature of our business. In addition, at any time when Excess Availability (as defined in the 2012 Credit Agreement) is less than $10.0 million we are required to maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the 2012 Credit Agreement) of at least 1.0 to 1.0. Our obligations under the 2012 Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of our assets pursuant to a Guaranty and Security Agreement.

Foreign Credit Agreement

In the second quarter of 2011, in conjunction with its Chinese operations, UDS entered into one-year revolving credit facility. The facility provides for a maximum credit amount of 8.0 million Chinese Yuan Renminbi. This translates to U.S. $1.3 million as of December 31, 2011. Draws on the facility are limited to 30 day periods and incur a fee of 0.5% of the amount drawn and no additional interest is charged.

25

The following table sets forth the outstanding balance, borrowing capacity and applicable interest rate under the Notes and senior secured credit facilities.

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,			September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	As of December 31, 2011							As of December 31, 2010
			Available							Available
			Borrowing		Interest					Borrowing		Interest
	Balance		Capacity		Rate			Balance		Capacity		Rate
	(Dollars in thousands)
Notes (1)	$	200,000	$	—		10.50	%	$	200,000	$	—		10.50	%
Revolving facilities		713		46,690		6.00	%		—		46,146		—
	$	200,713	$	46,690				$	200,000	$	46,146

(1) Notes balance shown gross of discount of $3.8 and $4.3 million, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Seller Notes. As of December 31, 2011, we had $1.2 million of seller notes outstanding, with a weighted average interest rate of 6.2% and maturities between 2011 and 2014. These notes were issued in connection with prior acquisitions.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

Our future contractual obligations as of December 31, 2011, are as follows:

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,			September 30,
			Less than							More than
	Total		1 year		1 to 3 years		3 to 5 years			5 years
	(Dollars in thousands)
Debt obligations and Notes	$	201,887	$	1,645	$	242	$	200,000	(1)	$	—
Capital lease obligations		28,136		13,360		12,880		1,896			—
Interest on long-term debt, Notes and capital leases		106,353		22,815		43,181		40,357			—
Operating lease		61,949		20,404		22,751		10,122			8,672
Total	$	398,325	$	58,224	$	79,054	$	252,375		$	8,672

(1) Notes balance of $200.0 million shown gross of discount of $3.8 million as of December 31, 2011.

Operating Leases. We have entered into various non-cancelable operating leases primarily related to facilities, equipment and vehicles used in the ordinary course of business.

Contingent Transaction Consideration. We have entered into earnout obligations in connection with prior acquisitions. If the acquired businesses generate sales and/or operating profits in excess of predetermined targets, we are obligated to make additional cash payments in accordance with the terms of such earnout obligations. As of December 31, 2011, we have potential future earnout obligations for acquisitions consummated before the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 805 of approximately $1.5 million through 2014 if predetermined financial targets are met or exceeded, and earnout obligations of $0.3 million through 2014 consummated subsequent to the adoption of ASC 805. Earnout payments prior to the adoption of ASC 805 are recorded as additional purchase price (as goodwill) when the contingent payments are earned and become payable.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our management prepares financial statements in conformity with GAAP. When we prepare these financial statements, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to accounts receivable, inventories, deferred tax assets, goodwill and intangible assets and long-lived assets. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for our judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We periodically assess potential impairments of our long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of ASC 360. An impairment review is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable.

Factors we consider include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance relative to historical or projected operating results; significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business; and significant negative industry or economic trends. When the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, we estimate the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows and eventual disposition is less than the carrying amount of the asset, we recognize an impairment loss. An impairment loss is reflected as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset, based on the fair value if available, or as estimated using discounted cash flows, if not.

26

Our operating segments have been negatively impacted by the drop in commercial and residential construction resulting from the current economic downturn. Before assessing our goodwill for impairment, we evaluated, as described above, the long-lived assets in our operating segments for impairment in 2011, 2010 and 2009 given the reduced level of expected sales, profits and cash flows. Based on this assessment, there was no impairment in 2011 or 2010. In 2009 we determined that there was an impairment of long-lived assets for our operating segment in the United Kingdom. Accordingly, we recorded a pretax, non-cash charge in 2009 to reduce the carrying value of other intangible assets by $0.8 million. Given the current economic environment, we have and will continue to monitor the need to test our long-lived assets for impairment as required by ASC 805.

Goodwill

In connection with acquisitions, we apply the provisions of ASC 805, using the acquisition method of accounting. The excess purchase price over the fair value of net tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.

We assess goodwill for impairment annually as of September 30, and more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired.

At September 30, 2011, we performed our annual goodwill impairment analysis, which indicated that nine of our 37 reporting units, eight in the United States and one in Canada, had a goodwill impairment as of September 30, 2011. Accordingly, we recorded a pretax, non-cash charge for the three months ended September 30, 2011 to reduce the carrying value of goodwill by $42.1 million. Given the increased uncertainty in the timing of the recovery of the construction industry, and the increased uncertainty in the economy as a whole, as well as the significant decline in the price of our Notes (resulting in a higher yield) and a decline of our stock price during the third quarter, we concluded that it was appropriate to increase the estimated weighted average cost of capital (WACC) of our reporting units as of September 30, 2011. The increase in our WACC was the main driver in the decrease in the estimated fair value of reporting units during the third quarter of 2011, which in turn resulted in the goodwill impairment. Based upon our assessment, we concluded that no goodwill impairment triggering events have occurred during the fourth quarter of 2011 that would require an additional impairment test.

At June 30, 2011, we determined that there were sufficient indicators to trigger an interim goodwill impairment analysis. The indicators included, among other factors: (1) the economic environment, (2) the performance against plan of reporting units which previously had goodwill impairment, and (3) revised forecasted future earnings. The results of our analysis indicated that six of our 36 reporting units, all of which are located in the United States, had a goodwill impairment as of June 30, 2011. Accordingly, we recorded a pretax, non-cash charge for the three months ended June 30, 2011 to reduce the carrying value of goodwill by $23.3 million.

Goodwill impairment testing is performed at the reporting unit level. Goodwill is assigned to reporting units at the date the goodwill is initially recorded. Once goodwill has been assigned to reporting units, it no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition, and all of the activities within a reporting unit, whether acquired or internally generated, are available to support the value of the goodwill.

Goodwill impairment testing is a two-step process. Step one involves comparing the fair value of our reporting units to their carrying amount. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit is greater than zero and its fair value is greater than its carrying amount, there is no impairment. If the reporting unit’s carrying amount is greater than the fair value, the second step must be completed to measure the amount of impairment, if any. Step two involves calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by deducting the fair value of all tangible and intangible assets, excluding goodwill, of the reporting unit from the fair value of the reporting unit as determined in step one. The implied fair value of goodwill determined in this step is compared to the carrying value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the difference.

We determine the fair value of our reporting units using an income approach. Under the income approach, we determined fair value based on estimated discounted future cash flows of each reporting unit. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental in nature and requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including revenue growth rates and EBITDA margins, discount rates and future market conditions, among others. The estimated fair value of our reporting units were based upon a projected EBITDA margin, which is anticipated to have a slight increase from 2011 to 2012, followed by year over year increases of approximately 150 to 300 basis points in 2013 through 2015, with stabilization expected in 2016. These projections are driven, in part, by anticipated industry growth rates, anticipated GDP, customer composition and historical performance. These cash flows are discounted using a weighted average cost of capital ranging from 14% to 16%, depending upon the size and risk profile of the reporting unit. We considered our market capitalization in assessing the reasonableness of the fair value under the income approach described above.

The results of step one of the goodwill impairment test, as of September 30, 2011, were as follows:

		September 30,		September 30,
	Reporting Number of		Representing
	Units		Goodwill of
No goodwill balance		13	$	—
Reporting units failing step one that continue to carry a goodwill balance		9		76,990
Fair value of reporting unit exceeds its carrying value by 1%—20%		6		44,761
Fair value of reporting unit exceeds its carrying value by 20%—40%		2		42,447
Fair value of reporting unit exceeds its carrying value by more than 40%		7		65,117
		37	$	229,315

Based upon a sensitivity analysis, performed as of September 30, 2011, a reduction of approximately 50 basis points of projected EBITDA in 2011 and beyond, assuming all other assumptions remain constant, would result in one additional reporting unit proceeding to step two of the analysis, and a further impairment of approximately $8.0 million in total.

Based upon a separate sensitivity analysis, a 50 basis point increase to the weighted average cost of capital would result in two additional reporting units proceeding to step two of the analysis, and a further impairment of approximately $13.0 million in total.

Given the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on our business, there can be no assurance that the estimates and assumptions regarding the duration of the lack of significant new construction activity in the AEC industry, or the period or strength of recovery, made for purposes of our goodwill impairment testing as of September 30, 2011, will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. If our assumptions, including forecasted EBITDA of certain reporting

27

units, are not achieved, we may be required to record additional goodwill impairment charges in future periods, whether in connection with our next annual impairment testing in the third quarter of 2012, or on an interim basis, if any such change constitutes a triggering event outside of the quarter when we regularly perform our annual goodwill impairment test. It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material.

Revenue Recognition

We apply the provisions of ASC 605. In general, we recognize revenue when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) shipment of products has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the sales price charged is fixed or determinable and (iv) collection is reasonably assured. Net sales include an allowance for estimated sales returns and discounts.

We recognize revenues from reprographics and facilities management services when services have been rendered while revenues from the resale of reprographics supplies and equipment are recognized upon delivery to the customer or upon customer pickup.

We have established contractual pricing for certain large national customer accounts. These contracts generally establish uniform pricing at all branches for Global Services. Revenues earned from our Global Services are recognized in the same manner as non-Global Services revenues.

Revenues from hosted software licensing activities are recognized ratably over the term of the license. Revenues from membership fees are recognized over the term of the membership agreement.

Management provides for returns, discounts and allowances based on historic experience and adjusts such allowances as considered necessary. To date, such provisions have been within the range of management’s expectations.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect temporary differences between the amount of assets and liabilities for financial and tax reporting purposes. Such amounts are adjusted, as appropriate, to reflect changes in tax rates expected to be in effect when the temporary differences reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Changes in tax laws or accounting standards and methods may affect recorded deferred taxes in future periods.

When establishing a valuation allowance, we consider future sources of taxable income such as future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards and tax planning strategies. A tax planning strategy is an action that: is prudent and feasible; an enterprise ordinarily might not take, but would take to prevent an operating loss or tax credit carryforward from expiring unused; and would result in realization of deferred tax assets. In the event we determine the deferred tax assets, more likely than not, will not be realized in the future, the valuation adjustment to the deferred tax assets will be charged to earnings in the period in which we make such a determination.

As of June 30, 2011, we determined that cumulative losses for the preceding twelve quarters constituted sufficient objective evidence (as defined by ASC 740-10) that a valuation allowance was needed. As of December 31, 2011, the valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets was $68.5 million.

In future quarters we will continue to evaluate our historical results for the preceding twelve quarters and our future projections to determine whether we will generate sufficient taxable income to utilize our deferred tax assets, and whether a partial or full valuation allowance is still required. Should we generate sufficient taxable income, however, we may reverse a portion or all of the then current valuation allowance.

We calculate our current and deferred tax provision based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from the actual results reflected in income tax returns filed in subsequent years. Adjustments based on filed returns are recorded when identified.

Income taxes have not been provided on certain undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries because such earnings are considered to be permanently reinvested.

The amount of taxable income or loss we report to the various tax jurisdictions is subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities. Our estimate of the potential outcome of any uncertain tax issue is subject to management’s assessment of relevant risks, facts, and circumstances existing at that time. We use a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We record a liability for the difference between the benefit recognized and measured and tax position taken or expected to be taken on our tax return. To the extent that our assessment of such tax positions changes, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. We report tax-related interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We perform periodic credit evaluations of the financial condition of our customers, monitor collections and payments from customers, and generally do not require collateral. We provide for the possible inability to collect accounts receivable by recording an allowance for doubtful accounts. We write off an account when it is considered uncollectible. We estimate our allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience, aging of accounts receivable, and information regarding the creditworthiness of our customers. In 2011, 2010, and 2009, we recorded expenses of $1.0 million, $1.0 million, and $3.0 million, respectively, related to the allowance for trade receivables.

Commitments and Contingencies

In the normal course of business, we estimate potential future loss accruals related to legal, workers compensation, healthcare, tax and other contingencies. These accruals require management’s judgment on the outcome of various events based on the best available information. However, due to changes in facts and circumstances, the ultimate outcomes could differ from management’s estimates.

Stock-Based Compensation

We apply the Black-Scholes valuation model in determining the fair value of stock options granted to employees, which is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. Upon the adoption of FSP FAS 123(R-3), Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards, we used the “shortcut method” for determining the historical windfall tax benefit.

28

Total stock-based compensation for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $4.3 million, $5.9 million and $4.9 million, respectively and was recorded in selling, general, and administrative expenses. In addition, upon the adoption of ASC 718, the excess tax benefit resulting from stock-based compensation, in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, is classified as cash flows from financing activities.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for disclosure on recent accounting pronouncements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Historically, our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate risk associated with our debt instruments. We use both fixed and variable rate debt as sources of financing. Historically, we have entered into derivative instruments to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates. These instruments allowed us to raise funds at floating rates and effectively swap them into fixed rates, without the exchange of the underlying principal amount.

On December 19, 2007, we entered into an interest rate swap transaction in order to hedge the floating interest rate risk on our long term variable rate debt (the “Swap Transaction”). Under the terms of the Swap Transaction, we were required to make quarterly fixed rate payments to the counterparty calculated based on an initial notional amount of $271.6 million at a fixed rate of 4.1%, while the counterparty was obligated to make quarterly floating rate payments to us based on the three month LIBOR. The notional amount of the interest rate swap was scheduled to decline over the term of the term loan facility consistent with the scheduled principal payments.

On October 2, 2009, we amended the Swap Transaction to reduce our initial notional amount from $271.6 million to $210.8 million to hedge our existing term loan debt after taking into effect the amendment to our credit facility in October of 2009 (the “Amended Swap Transaction”).

The Amended Swap Transaction was de-designated on December 1, 2010, as it no longer qualified as a cash flow hedge when the cash proceeds from the issuance of the Notes were used to pay off our previous Credit Agreement. At that time, the fair value of the Amended Swap Transaction was computed and the effective portion is stored in other comprehensive income and will be amortized into income, net of tax effect, on the straight-line method, based on the original notional schedule.

The Swap Transaction’s effective date was March 31, 2008 and had a termination date of December 6, 2012. On January 3, 2011, we terminated the Amended Swap Transaction and made a final payment of $9.8 million to the counterparty.

As of December 31, 2011, we had $226.3 million of total debt, net of discount, and capital lease obligations, none of which bore interest at variable rates.

We have not, and do not plan to, enter into any derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. As of December 31, 2011, we had no significant material exposure to market risk, including foreign exchange risk and commodity risks.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Our financial statements and the accompanying notes that are filed as part of this report are listed under “Part IV, Item 15. Financial Statements Schedules and Reports” and are set forth beginning on page F-1 immediately following the signature pages of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports under the Exchange Act are recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of December 31, 2011. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that as of December 31, 2011, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15(d)-15(f) of the Exchange Act). Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and President, and our Chief Financial Officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

29

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no significant changes to internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2011, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Our independent registered public accounting firm has issued an audit report on internal control over financial reporting, which appears below.

30

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

American Reprographics Company

Walnut Creek, California

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of American Reprographics Company and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 of the Company and our report dated March 8, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedules.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Los Angeles, California

March 8, 2012

31

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Certain information regarding our executive officers is included in Part I, Item 1, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under “Executive Officers of the Registrant.” All other information regarding directors, executive officers and corporate governance required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the applicable information in the proxy statement for our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days after our fiscal year end of December 31, 2011, and is set forth under “Nominees for Director,” “Corporate Governance Profile,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” and in other applicable sections in the proxy statement.

Certain Executive Officer Certifications

Our common stock is listed on the NYSE. As required by Section 303A.12 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, we have filed as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer certifications required by Section 302 and Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. On May 13, 2011, we submitted to the NYSE the Annual CEO Certification regarding the Company’s compliance with the NYSE’s corporate governance listing standards, as required as required by Section 303A.12 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. There were no qualifications to the certification.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the applicable information in the proxy statement for our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders and is set forth under “Executive Compensation.”

The information in the section of the proxy statement for our 2012 annual meeting captioned “Compensation Committee Report” is incorporated by reference herein but shall be deemed furnished, not filed and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing we make under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the applicable information in the proxy statement for our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders and is set forth under “Beneficial Ownership of Voting Securities” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information.”

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the applicable information in the proxy statement for our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders and is set forth under “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Corporate Governance Profile.”

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the proxy statement for our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders and is set forth under “Auditor Fees.”

32

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

(1) Financial Statements

    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

            Deloitte & Touche LLP

    Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

    Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

    Consolidated Statements of Equity and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    (2) Financial Statement Schedules

    Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules have been omitted as the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto.

(3) Exhibits

See Item 15(b) below.

(b) Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed herewith as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or are incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed with the SEC:

33

Index to Exhibits

Number	Description
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed February 2, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005).
3.2	Second Amended and Restated Bylaws, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on October 6, 2009).
4.1	Specimen Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 9, 2011).
4.2	Indenture, dated December 1, 2010, among American Reprographics Company, certain subsidiaries of American Reprographics Company as guarantors thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on December 2, 2010).
4.3	Form of 10.5% Senior Note due 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on December 2, 2010).
4.4	Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 1, 2010, among American Reprographics Company, certain subsidiaries of American Reprographics Company as guarantors thereto, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as representative of the several initial purchasers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on December 2, 2010).
10.1	Credit Agreement, dated as of January 27, 2012, by and among American Reprographics Company, ARC Reprographics Canada Corp., ARC Digital Canada Corp., and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as US Agent and Wells Fargo Capital Finance Corporation Canada, as Canadian Agent and the lenders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2012).
10.2	Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated as of January 27, 2012, by and among American Reprographics Company and the Grantors named therein, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2012).
10.3	Canadian Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated as of January 27, 2012, by and among ARC Reprographics Canada Corp. and ARC Digital Canada Corp., and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2012).
10.4	American Reprographics Company 2005 Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 A (Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13, 2005).^
10.5	Amendment No. 1 to American Reprographics Company 2005 Stock Plan dated May 22, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2007).^
10.6	Amendment No. 2 to American Reprographics Company 2005 Stock Plan dated May 2, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed August 8, 2008). ^
10.7	Amendment No. 3 to American Reprographics Company 2005 Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed August 7, 2009). ^
10.8	Forms of Stock Option Agreements under the 2005 Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004).^
10.9	Forms of Restricted Stock Award Agreements under 2005 Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 A (Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on December 6, 2004).^
10.10	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2005 Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 A (Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on December 6, 2004).^
10.11	Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement under 2005 Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 A (Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13, 2005).^
10.12	Form of American Reprographics Company Stock Option Grant Notice — Non-employee Directors (Discretionary Non-statutory Stock Options) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on December 16, 2005).^
10.13	Form of American Reprographics Company Non-employee Directors Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement (Discretionary Grants) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on December 16, 2005).^
10.14	Amended and Restated American Reprographics Company 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan amended and restated as of July 30, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed on November 9, 2009).^

34

Number	Description
10.15	Lease Agreement, for the premises commonly known as 934 and 940 Venice Boulevard, Los Angeles, CA, dated November 19, 1997, by and between American Reprographics Company, L.L.C. (formerly Ford Graphics Group, L.L.C.) and Sumo Holdings LA, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004).
10.16	Amendment to Lease for the premises commonly known as 934 and 940 Venice Boulevard, Los Angeles, CA, effective as of August 2, 2005, by and between Sumo Holdings LA, LLC, Landlord and American Reprographics Company, L.L.C. (formerly known as Ford Graphics Group, L.L.C.) Tenant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2005).
10.17	Lease Agreement for the premises commonly known as 835 West Julian Street, San Jose, CA, dated February 1, 2009, by and between American Reprographics Company, L.L.C. and Sumo Holdings San Jose, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004).
10.18	Amendment to Lease for the premises commonly known as 835 West Julian Street, San Jose, CA, dated effective February 1, 2009, by and between Sumo Holdings San Jose, LLC, Landlord, and American Reprographics Company, L.L.C. Tenant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed on May 8, 2009).
10.19	Lease Agreement for the premises commonly known as 17721 Mitchell North, Irvine, CA, dated April 1, 1999, by and between American Reprographics Company, L.L.C. and Sumo Holdings Irvine, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004).
10.20	Amendment to Lease for the premises commonly known as 17721 Mitchell North, Irvine, CA, effective as of August 2, 2005, by and between Sumo Holdings Irvine, LLC, Lessor and American Reprographics Company, L.L.C., Lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2005).
10.21	Assignment of Lease and Consent for the premises commonly known as 17721 Mitchell North, Irvine, CA, dated effective April 28, 2009, by and between OCB, LLC, American Reprographics Company, L.L.C. and Sumo Holdings Irvine LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed on May 8, 2009).
10.22	Second Amendment to Lease for the premises commonly known as 17721 Mitchell North, Irvine, CA, dated effective April 28, 2009, by and between Sumo Holdings Irvine LLC, Lessor, and OCB, LLC, Lessee, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed on May 8, 2009).
10.23	Lease Agreement for the premises commonly known as 1322 V Street, Sacramento, CA, dated December 1, 1997, by and between American Reprographics Company, L.L.C. (formerly Ford Graphics Group, L.L.C.) and Sumo Holdings Sacramento, LLC (Sacramento Property) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004).
10.24	Amendment to Lease for the premises commonly known as 1322 V Street, Sacramento, CA, effective as of August 2, 2005, by and between Sumo Holdings Sacramento, LLC, Landlord and American Reprographics Company, L.L.C. (formerly known as Ford Graphics Group, L.L.C.) Tenant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2005).
10.25	Lease Agreement for the premises commonly known as 345 Clinton Street, Costa Mesa, CA, dated September 23, 2003, by and between American Reprographics Company (dba Consolidated Reprographics) and Sumo Holdings Costa Mesa, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004).
10.26	Lease Agreement for the premises commonly known as 616 Monterey Pass Road, Monterey Park, CA, by and dated November 19, 1997, between Dieterich-Post Company and American Reprographics Company, L.L.C. (as successor lessee) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2007).
10.27	Indemnification Agreement, dated April 10, 2000, among American Reprographics Company, L.L.C., American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C., ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C., Mr. Chandramohan, Mr. Suriyakumar, Micro Device, Inc., Dieterich-Post Company, ZS Ford L.P., and ZS Ford L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004).
10.28	Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice between American Reprographics Company and Mr. Sathiyamurthy Chandramohan dated March 27, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on March 30, 2007).^
10.29	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated March 21, 2012, between American Reprographics Company and Mr. Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10. 1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed on March 21, 2011).^

35

Number	Description
10.30	Letter Agreement, dated February 21, 2012, by and between American Reprographics Company and Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed on February 21, 2012).^
10.31	Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice between American Reprographics Company and Mr. Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar dated March 27, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on March 30, 2007).^
10.32	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated March 21, 2011, between American Reprographics Company and Mr. Rahul K. Roy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2011).^
10.33	Agreement to Grant Stock dated effective December 7, 2004, between American Reprographics Company and Mr. Rahul K. Roy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005).^
10.34	Letter Agreement, dated February 21, 2012, by and between American Reprographics Company and Rahul Roy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on February 21, 2012).^
10.35	First Amendment to Agreement to Grant Stock dated May 17, 2006 between American Reprographics Company and Mr. Rahul K. Roy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2007).^
10.36	Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated March 21, 2011, between American Reprographics Company and Dilantha Wijesuriya (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2011). ^
10.37	Letter Agreement, dated February 21, 2012, by and between American Reprographics Company and Dilantha Wijesuriya (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on February 21, 2012).^
10.38	Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice between American Reprographics Company and Dilantha Wijesuriya dated October 28, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.79 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on February 26, 2010). ^
10.39	Executive Employment Agreement, dated April 14, 2011, between American Reprographics Company and Jorge Avalos, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on April 15, 2011).^
10.40	Separation Agreement, dated April 13, 2011, between American Reprographics Company and Jonathan Mather (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on April 21, 2011).^
10.41	Executive Employment Agreement, dated July 18, 2011, between American Reprographics Company and John E.D. Toth, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 18, 2011).^
10.42	Indemnification Agreement dated February 23, 2009 between American Reprographics Company and Dilantha Wijesuriya (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on February 25, 2009).
10.43	Indemnification Agreement made as of December 4, 2006 between American Reprographics Company and Jonathan Mather (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2007).
10.44	Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004 between American Reprographics Company and Thomas J. Formolo (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005).
10.45	Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004 between American Reprographics Company and Manuel Perez de la Mesa (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005).
10.46	Indemnification Agreement made as of March 3, 2005 between American Reprographics Company and Mark W. Mealy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005).
10.47	Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004 between American Reprographics Company and Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005).
10.48	Indemnification Agreement made as of October 7, 2004 between American Reprographics Company and Rahul K. Roy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005).
10.49	Indemnification Agreement made as of February 2, 2006 between American Reprographics Company and Dewitt Kerry McCluggage (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2006).
10.50	Indemnification Agreement made as of May 22, 2006, between American Reprographics Company and Eriberto R. Scocimara (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.61 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2007).

36

Number	Description
10.51	Indemnification Agreement made as of March 11, 2009, between American Reprographics Company and James F. McNulty (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 25, 2009).
10.52	Indemnification Agreement made as of July 29, 2011, between American Reprographics Company and John E.D. Toth (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed August 1, 2011).
10.53	Indemnification Agreement made as of July 29, 2011, between American Reprographics Company and Jorge Avalos (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8- filed August 1, 2011).
21.1	List of Subsidiaries.*

37

Number		Description
	23.1	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.*
	31.1	Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
	31.2	Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
	32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
	32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
	101.INS	XBRL Instance Document *
	101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema *
	101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase *
	101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase *
	101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase *
	101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase *

* Filed herewith

^ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or agreement

Attached as Exhibit 101 to this report are documents formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language). Users of this data are advised pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T that the interactive data file is deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of section 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and is otherwise not subject to liability under these sections. The financial information contained in the XBRL-related documents is “unaudited” or “unreviewed.”

38

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY
By:	/s/ KUMARAKULASINGAM SURIYAKUMAR
	Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 8, 2012

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ KUMARAKULASINGAM SURIYAKUMAR	Chairman, President and	March 8, 2012
Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar	Chief Executive Officer and Director
	(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ JOHN E.D. TOTH	Chief Financial Officer, Secretary	March 8, 2012
John E.D. Toth	(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ JORGE AVALOS	Chief Accounting Officer, Vice President Finance	March 8, 2012
Jorge Avalos	(Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ THOMAS J. FORMOLO	Director	March 8, 2012
Thomas J. Formolo
/s/ ERIBERTO SCOCIMARA	Director	March 8, 2012
Eriberto Scocimara
/s/ DEWITT KERRY MCCLUGGAGE	Director	March 8, 2012
Dewitt Kerry McCluggage
/s/ JAMES F. MCNULTY	Director	March 8, 2012
James F. McNulty
/s/ MARK W. MEALY	Director	March 8, 2012
Mark W. Mealy
/s/ MANUEL PEREZ DE LA MESA	Director	March 8, 2012
Manuel Perez de la Mesa

39

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Deloitte & Touche LLP	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010	F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Equity and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009	F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-7
Financial Statement Schedule:
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts	F-29

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

American Reprographics Company

Walnut Creek, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of American Reprographics Company and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, equity and comprehensive loss, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. Our audits also include the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of American Reprographics Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 8, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Los Angeles, CA

March 8, 2012

F-2

AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except per share data)

		September 30,			September 30,
	December 31, 2011			December 31, 2010
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	25,437		$	26,293
Accounts receivable, net of allowances for accounts receivable of $3,309 and $4,030		54,713			52,619
Inventories, net		12,107			10,689
Deferred income taxes		—			7,157
Prepaid expenses		3,999			4,074
Other current assets		7,541			6,870
Total current assets		103,797			107,702
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $191,598 and $211,875		55,084			59,036
Goodwill		229,315			294,759
Other intangible assets, net		45,127			62,643
Deferred financing fees, net		4,574			4,995
Deferred income taxes		1,368			37,835
Other assets		2,092			2,115
Total assets	$	441,357		$	569,085
Liabilities and Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	21,787		$	23,593
Accrued payroll and payroll-related expenses		7,292			7,980
Accrued expenses		19,308			30,134
Current portion of long-term debt and capital leases		15,005			23,608
Total current liabilities		63,392			85,315
Long-term debt and capital leases		211,259			216,016
Deferred income taxes		26,447			—
Other long-term liabilities		3,194			5,072
Total liabilities		304,292			306,403
Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)
Stockholders’ equity:
American Reprographics Company stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 25,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding		—			—
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 150,000 shares authorized; 46,235 and 46,183 shares issued and 46,235 and 45,736 shares outstanding		46			46
Additional paid-in capital		99,728			96,251
Retained earnings		32,663			173,459
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(1,760	)		(5,541	)
		130,677			264,215
Less cost of common stock in treasury, 0 and 447 shares		—			7,709
Total American Reprographics Company stockholders’ equity		130,677			256,506
Noncontrolling interest		6,388			6,176
Total equity		137,065			262,682
Total liabilities and equity	$	441,357		$	569,085

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Reprographics services	$	267,531		$	294,555		$	350,491
Facilities management		100,682			89,994			97,401
Equipment and supplies sales		54,519			57,090			53,657
Total net sales		422,732			441,639			501,549
Cost of sales		288,434			299,307			323,360
Gross profit		134,298			142,332			178,189
Selling, general and administrative expenses		101,315			107,744			115,020
Amortization of intangible assets		18,715			11,657			11,367
Goodwill impairment		65,444			38,263			37,382
Impairment of long-lived assets		—			—			781
(Loss) income from operations		(51,176	)		(15,332	)		13,639
Other income, net		(103	)		(156	)		(171	)
Interest expense, net		31,104			24,091			25,781
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		—			2,509			—
Loss before income tax provision (benefit)		(82,177	)		(41,776	)		(11,971	)
Income tax provision (benefit)		50,931			(14,186	)		3,018
Net loss		(133,108	)		(27,590	)		(14,989	)
Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest		21			88			104
Net loss attributable to American Reprographics Company	$	(133,087	)	$	(27,502	)	$	(14,885	)
Loss per share attributable to American Reprographics Company shareholders:
Basic	$	(2.93	)	$	(0.61	)	$	(0.33	)
Diluted	$	(2.93	)	$	(0.61	)	$	(0.33	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
Basic		45,401			45,213			45,123
Diluted		45,401			45.213			45,123

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands, except per share data)

	American Reprographics Company Shareholders
	Common Stock				Additional									Accumulated Other			Common
	Shares		Par Value		Paid-In Capital			Deferred Compensation			Retained Earnings			Comprehensive Loss			Stock in Treasury			Noncontrolling Interest			Total Equity
Balance at December 31, 2008		45,227	$	46	$	85,207		$	(195	)	$	215,846		$	(11,414	)	$	(7,709	)	$	6,121		$	287,902
Stock-based compensation		396				4,697			195															4,892
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan		30				164																		164
Stock options exercised		12				63																		63
Tax deficiency from stock-based compensation, net of tax benefit						(149	)																	(149	)
Comprehensive loss
Net loss												(14,885	)								(104	)		(14,989	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments															823									823
Gain on derivative, net of tax effect															3,318									3,318
Comprehensive loss																								(10,848	)
Balance at December 31, 2009		45,665	$	46	$	89,982		$	—		$	200,961		$	(7,273	)	$	(7,709	)	$	6,017		$	282,024
Stock-based compensation		15				5,922			—															5,922
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan		9				64																		64
Stock options exercised		47				242																		242
Net tax benefit from stock-based compensation						41																		41
Comprehensive loss
Net loss												(27,502	)								(88	)		(27,590	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments															607						247			854
Gain on derivative, net of tax effect															1,125									1,125
Comprehensive loss																								(25,611	)
Balance at December 31, 2010		45,736	$	46	$	96,251		$	—		$	173,459		$	(5,541	)	$	(7,709	)	$	6,176		$	262,682
Stock-based compensation		470				4,271			—															4,271
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan		12				50																		50
Stock options exercised		17				108																		108
Tax deficiency from stock-based compensation, net of tax benefit						(952	)																	(952	)
Retirement of 447 treasury shares												(7,709	)					7,709						—
Comprehensive loss
Net loss												(133,087	)								(21	)		(133,108	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments															216						233			449
Amortization of derivative, net of tax effect															3,565									3,565
Comprehensive loss																								(129,094	)
Balance at December 31, 2011		46,235	$	46	$	99,728		$	—		$	32,663		$	(1,760	)	$	—		$	6,388		$	137,065

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands, except per share data)

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Cash flows from operating activities
Net loss	$	(133,108	)	$	(27,590	)	$	(14,989	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
Allowance for accounts receivable		1,034			966			3,044
Depreciation		29,161			33,992			38,176
Amortization of intangible assets		18,715			11,657			11,367
Amortization of deferred financing fees		887			1,491			1,357
Amortization of bond discount		549			44			—
Goodwill impairment		65,444			38,263			37,382
Impairment of long-lived assets		—			—			781
Stock-based compensation		4,271			5,922			4,892
Excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation		—			(58	)		(18	)
Deferred income taxes		673			(12,657	)		(4,477	)
Deferred tax valuation allowance		68,546			—			—
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		—			2,509			—
Write-off of deferred financing fees		—			—			190
Amortization of derivative, net of tax effect		3,565			—			—
Other noncash items, net		(417	)		340			(199	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of business acquisitions:
Accounts receivable		(2,582	)		469			21,099
Inventory		(1,170	)		8			1,344
Prepaid expenses and other assets		(453	)		(4,098	)		6,302
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		(5,947	)		2,666			(8,826	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		49,168			53,924			97,425
Cash flows from investing activities
Capital expenditures		(15,553	)		(8,634	)		(7,506	)
Payments for businesses acquired, net of cash acquired and including other cash payments associated with the acquisitions		(823	)		(870	)		(3,527	)
Payment for swap transaction		(9,729	)		—			—
Other		923			1,002			1,684
Net cash used in investing activities		(25,182	)		(8,502	)		(9,349	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from stock option exercises		108			242			63
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan		62			51			164
Excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation		—			58			18
Proceeds from bond issuance		—			195,648			—
Payments on long-term debt agreements and capital leases		(25,179	)		(238,989	)		(105,008	)
Net borrowings (repayments) under revolving credit facility		701			(1,536	)		1,523
Payment of deferred financing fees		(799	)		(4,473	)		(2,092	)
Net cash used in financing activities		(25,107	)		(48,999	)		(105,332	)
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash balances		265			493			91
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		(856	)		(3,084	)		(17,165	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		26,293			29,377			46,542
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	25,437		$	26,293		$	29,377
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid for:
Interest	$	25,215		$	20,627		$	24,733
Income taxes (received) paid, net	$	(13,488	)	$	1,395		$	2,507
Noncash investing and financing activities:
Capital lease obligations incurred	$	10,678		$	10,305		$	16,181
Liabilities in connection with the acquisition of businesses	$	548		$	231		$	466
Liabilities in connection with deferred financing fees	$	107		$	440		$	—
Net gain on derivative, net of tax effect	$	—		$	1,125		$	3,318

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except per share data or where otherwise noted )

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

American Reprographics Company (“ARC” or the “Company”) is the largest reprographics company in the United States providing specialized document solutions to businesses of all types, with an emphasis on the non-residential segment of the architectural, engineering and construction (“AEC”) industry. ARC offers conventional reprographic services, as well as managed print services, digital color printing, and proprietary document management technology products and services. In addition to the AEC industry, ARC also provides these services to companies in non-AEC industries, such as retail, aerospace, technology, financial services, entertainment, and healthcare, among others, that require sophisticated document management services. The Company conducts its operations through its wholly-owned operating subsidiary, American Reprographics Company, L.L.C., a California limited liability company, and its subsidiaries.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. The Company evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis and relies on historical experience and various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances to determine such estimates. Actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences may be material to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Risk and Uncertainties

The Company generates the majority of its revenue from sales of products and services provided to the AEC industry. As a result, the Company’s operating results and financial condition can be significantly affected by economic factors that influence the AEC industry, such as non-residential and residential construction spending, GDP growth, interest rates, employment rates, and office vacancy rates. The effects of the current economic environment in the United States, and weakness in global economic conditions, have resulted in a significant reduction of activity in the non-residential and residential portions of the AEC industry. The AEC industry generally experiences downturns several months after a downturn in the general economy and there may be a similar delay in the recovery of the AEC industry following a recovery in the general economy. Similar to the AEC industry, the reprographics industry typically lags a recovery in the broader economy. A continued downturn in the AEC industry and the reprographics industry would further diminish demand for some of ARC’s products and services, and would therefore negatively impact revenues and have a material adverse impact on its business, operating results and financial condition.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents include demand deposits and short-term investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased. UNIS Document Solutions Co. Ltd. (“UDS”), the Company’s business venture with Unisplendour Corporation Limited (“Unisplendour”), holds $13.1 million of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents.

The Company maintains its cash deposits at numerous banks located throughout the United States, Canada, India, the United Kingdom and China, which at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant risk on cash and cash equivalents.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Significant Vendors

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to a large, diverse customer base. No individual customer represented more than 3% of net sales during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Company has geographic concentration risk as sales in California, as a percent of total sales, were approximately 32%, 32% and 33% for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Company contracts with various suppliers. Although there are a limited number of suppliers that could supply the Company’s inventory, management believes any shortfalls from existing suppliers would be absorbed from other suppliers on comparable terms. However, a change in suppliers could cause a delay in sales and adversely affect results.

Purchases from the Company’s three largest vendors during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 comprised approximately 37%, 41%, and 51% respectively, of the Company’s total purchases of inventory and supplies.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of the financial condition of its customers, monitors collections and payments from customers, and generally does not require collateral. The Company provides for the possible inability to collect accounts receivable by recording an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company writes off an account when it is considered uncollectible. The Company estimates the allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience, aging of accounts receivable, and information regarding the credit worthiness of its customers. Additionally, the Company provides an allowance for returns and discounts based on historical experience. In 2011, 2010, and 2009 the Company recorded expenses of $1.0 million, $1.0 million and $3.0 million, respectively, related to the allowance for doubtful accounts.

F-7

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (determined on a first-in, first-out basis; or average cost) or market. Inventories primarily consist of reprographics materials for use and resale, and equipment for resale. On an ongoing basis, inventories are reviewed and adjusted for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventories to reflect the lower of cost or market. Charges to increase inventory reserves are recorded as an increase in cost of sales. Estimated inventory obsolescence has been provided for in the financial statements and has been within the range of management’s expectations. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the reserves for inventory obsolescence amounted to $0.9 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect temporary differences between the amount of assets and liabilities for financial and tax reporting purposes. Such amounts are adjusted, as appropriate, to reflect changes in tax rates expected to be in effect when the temporary differences reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the Company’s deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Changes in tax laws or accounting standards and methods may affect recorded deferred taxes in future periods.

When establishing a valuation allowance, the Company considers future sources of taxable income such as future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards, and tax planning strategies. A tax planning strategy is an action that: is prudent and feasible; an enterprise ordinarily might not take, but would take to prevent an operating loss or tax credit carryforward from expiring unused; and would result in realization of deferred tax assets. In the event the Company determines the deferred tax assets, more likely than not, will not be realized in the future, the valuation adjustment to the deferred tax assets will be charged to earnings in the period in which it makes such a determination. As of June 30, 2011, the Company determined that cumulative losses for the preceding twelve quarters constituted sufficient objective evidence (as defined by ASC 740-10) that a valuation allowance was needed. As of December 31, 2011, the valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets was $68.5 million.

Management continues to evaluate the Company’s historical results for the preceding twelve quarters and its future projections to determine whether sufficient taxable revenue will be generated in future periods to utilize its deferred tax assets, and whether a partial or full allowance is still required. Should the Company generate sufficient taxable income, however, a portion or all of the then current valuation allowance may be reversed.

The Company calculates its current and deferred tax provision based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from the actual results reflected in income tax returns filed in subsequent years. Adjustments based on filed returns are recorded when identified.

Income taxes have not been provided on certain undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries because such earnings are considered to be permanently reinvested.

The amount of income taxes the Company reports to the various tax jurisdictions is subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities. The Company’s estimate of the potential outcome of any uncertain tax issue is subject to management’s assessment of relevant risks, facts, and circumstances existing at that time. The Company uses a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company records a liability for the difference between the benefit recognized and measured and the tax position taken or expected to be taken on its tax return. To the extent that its assessment of such tax positions changes, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. The Company reports tax-related interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense.

The Company’s effective income tax rate differs from the statutory tax rate primarily due to the establishment of a valuation allowance on the Company’s deferred tax assets in 2011, state income taxes, stock-based compensation, goodwill and other identifiable intangibles, the Domestic Production Activities Deduction, and other discrete items. See Note 8 “Income taxes” for further information.

Income tax deficiencies and benefits affecting stockholders’ equity are primarily related to employee stock-based compensation.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

Buildings	10-20 years
Leasehold improvements	10-20 years or lease term, if shorter
Machinery and equipment	3-7 years
Furniture and fixtures	3-7 years

Assets acquired under capital lease arrangements are included in machinery and equipment and are recorded at the present value of the minimum lease payments and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the life of the asset or term of the lease, whichever is shorter. Expenses for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred, while renewals and betterments are capitalized. Gains or losses on the sale or disposal of property and equipment are reflected in operating income.

The Company accounts for computer software costs developed for internal use in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350-40, which requires companies to capitalize certain qualifying costs incurred during the application development stage of the related software development project. The primary use of this software is for internal use and, accordingly, such capitalized software development costs are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the economic lives of the related products not to exceed three years. The Company’s machinery and equipment (see Note 5 “Property and Equipment”) includes $0.9 million and $1.5 million of capitalized software development costs as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, net of accumulated amortization of $16.3 million and $15.5 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Depreciation expense includes the amortization of capitalized software development costs which amounted to $0.9 million, $1.1 million and $1.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company periodically assesses potential impairments of its long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of ASC 360. An impairment review is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. The Company groups its assets at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of cash flows of the other assets and liabilities. The Company has determined that the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are available is the divisional level.

F-8

Factors considered by the Company include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance relative to historical or projected operating results; significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business; and significant negative industry or economic trends. When the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, the Company estimates the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows and eventual disposition is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the Company recognizes an impairment loss. An impairment loss is reflected as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset, based on the fair value if available, or discounted cash flows, if fair value is not available.

The reporting units of the Company have been negatively impacted by the decline in commercial and residential construction. Before assessing the Company’s goodwill for impairment, the Company evaluated, as described above, the long-lived assets in its reporting units for impairment in 2011, 2010 and 2009. Based on these assessments, there were no impairments in 2011 or 2010. In 2009 the Company determined that there was an impairment of long-lived assets for its operating segment in the United Kingdom. Accordingly, the Company recorded a pretax, non-cash charge in 2009 to reduce the carrying value of other long-lived intangible assets by $0.8 million.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

In connection with acquisitions, the Company applies the provisions of ASC 805, using the acquisition method of accounting. The excess purchase price over the fair value of net tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.

The Company assesses goodwill for impairment annually as of September 30, and more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired.

Goodwill impairment testing is performed at the reporting unit level. Goodwill is assigned to reporting units at the date the goodwill is initially recorded. Once goodwill has been assigned to reporting units, it no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition, and all of the activities within a reporting unit, whether acquired or internally generated, are available to support the value of the goodwill.

Goodwill impairment testing is a two-step process. Step one involves comparing the fair value of the reporting units to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit is greater than zero and its fair value is greater than its carrying amount, there is no impairment. If the reporting unit’s carrying amount is greater than the fair value, the second step must be completed to measure the amount of impairment, if any. Step two involves calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by deducting the fair value of all tangible and intangible assets, excluding goodwill, of the reporting unit from the fair value of the reporting unit as determined in step one. The implied fair value of goodwill determined in this step is compared to the carrying value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the difference.

The Company determines the fair value of its reporting units using an income approach. Under the income approach, the Company determined fair value based on estimated discounted future cash flows of each reporting unit. The cash flows are discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital, which is intended to reflect the overall level of inherent risk of a reporting unit. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental in nature and requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including revenue growth rates and EBITDA margins, discount rates and future market conditions, among others. The Company considered market capitalization in assessing the reasonableness of the fair value under the income approach outlined above.

Other intangible assets that have finite lives are amortized over their useful lives. Customer relationships are amortized using the accelerated method, based on estimated customer attrition rates, over their estimated useful lives of 13 (weighted average) years.

The Company’s non-competition agreements are amortized over their weighted average term on a straight-line basis.

Deferred Financing Fees

Direct costs incurred in connection with debt agreements are capitalized as incurred and amortized based on the effective interest method for the 10.5% senior secured notes due 2016 (the “Notes”) and on the straight line method for the Company’s $50 million credit agreement entered into in December 2010 (the “2010 Credit Agreement”). At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had deferred financing fees of $4.6 million and $5.0 million, respectively, net of accumulated amortization of $958 thousand and $71 thousand, respectively.

In 2011 the Company added $0.5 million of deferred financing fees related to its Notes and 2010 Credit Agreement. In December 2010, the Company wrote off $2.5 million of deferred financing fees due to the extinguishment, in full, of its previous credit agreement, and added $4.9 million of deferred financing fees related to its Notes and 2010 Credit Agreement. During 2009, the Company added $2.1 million of deferred financing fees and wrote off $0.2 million of deferred financing fees related to its previous credit agreement.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Historically, the Company has entered into derivative instruments to manage its exposure to changes in interest rates. These instruments allow the Company to raise funds at floating rates and effectively swap them into fixed rates, without the exchange of the underlying principal amount. Such agreements are designated and accounted for under ASC 815. Derivative instruments are recorded at fair value as either assets or liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments for disclosure purposes:

Cash equivalents: Cash equivalents are time deposits with a maturity of three months or less when purchased, which are highly liquid and readily convertible to cash. Cash equivalents reported in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets were $10.3 million and $10.8 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and are carried at cost and approximate fair value due to the relatively short period to maturity of these instruments.

Short- and long-term debt: The carrying amount of the Company’s capital leases reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets approximates fair value based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rate for similar types of borrowing arrangements. The carrying amount reported in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2011 for its Notes is $200.0 million and $1.2 million for its subordinated notes payable. Using a discounted cash flow technique that incorporates a market interest rate which assumes adjustments for duration, optionality, and risk profile, the Company has determined the fair value of its Notes is $178.0 million as of December 31, 2011 and the fair value and for its subordinated notes payable is $1.0 million as of December 31, 2011.

F-9

Interest rate hedge agreements: The fair value of the interest rate swap was based on market interest rates using a discounted cash flow model and an adjustment for counterparty risk. See Note 12 “Fair Value Measurements” for further information.

Insurance Liability

The Company maintains a high deductible insurance policy for a significant portion of its risks and associated liabilities with respect to workers’ compensation. The Company’s deductible is $250 thousand. The accrued liabilities associated with this program are based on the Company’s estimate of the ultimate costs to settle known claims, as well as claims incurred but not yet reported to the Company, as of the balance sheet date. The Company’s estimated liability is not discounted and is based upon an actuarial report obtained from a third party. The actuarial report uses information provided by the Company’s insurance brokers and insurers, combined with the Company’s judgments regarding a number of assumptions and factors, including the frequency and severity of claims, claims development history, case jurisdiction, applicable legislation, and the Company’s claims settlement practices.

The Company is self-insured for healthcare benefits, with a stop-loss at $200 thousand. Liabilities associated with the risks that are retained by the Company are estimated, in part, by considering historical claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions. The Company’s results could be materially impacted by claims and other expenses related to such plans if future occurrences and claims differ from these assumptions and historical trends.

Commitments and Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company estimates potential future loss accruals related to legal, workers compensation, healthcare, tax and other contingencies. These accruals require management’s judgment on the outcome of various events based on the best available information. However, due to changes in facts and circumstances, the ultimate outcomes could differ from management’s estimates.

Revenue Recognition

The Company applies the provisions of ASC 605. In general, the Company recognizes revenue when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) shipment of products has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the sales price charged is fixed or determinable and (iv) collection is reasonably assured. Net sales include an allowance for estimated sales returns and discounts.

The Company recognizes revenues from reprographics and facilities management services when services have been rendered while revenues from the resale of reprographics supplies and equipment are recognized upon delivery to the customer or upon customer pickup. Revenue from equipment service agreements are recognized over the term of the service agreement.

The Company has established contractual pricing for services provided to certain large national customer accounts (“Global Services”). These contracts generally establish uniform pricing at all operating segments for Global Services. Revenues earned from the Company’s Global Services are recognized in the same manner as non-Global Services revenues.

Included in revenues are fees charged to customers for shipping, handling, and delivery services. Such revenues amounted to $14.8 million, $17.8 million, and $22.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 respectively.

Revenues from hosted software licensing activities are recognized ratably over the term of the license. Revenues from membership fees are recognized over the term of the membership agreement. Revenues from software licensing activities and membership revenues comprise less than 1% of the Company’s consolidated revenues during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Management provides for returns, discounts and allowances based on historic experience and adjusts such allowances as considered necessary. To date, such provisions have been within the range of management’s expectations.

Comprehensive Loss

The Company’s comprehensive loss includes foreign currency translation adjustments and the amortized fair value of the Company’s swap transaction, net of taxes. The Amended Swap Transaction was de-designated on December 1, 2010, as it no longer qualified as a cash flow hedge when the cash proceeds from the issuance of the Notes were used to pay off the Company’s previous credit agreement. At that time, the fair value of the Amended Swap Transaction was computed and the effective portion is stored in other comprehensive income and is amortized into income, net of tax effect, on the straight-line method, based on the original notional schedule.

Asset and liability accounts of international operations are translated into the Company’s functional currency, U.S. dollars, at current rates. Revenues and expenses are translated at the weighted-average currency rate for the fiscal year.

Segment and Geographic Reporting

The provisions of ASC 280 require public companies to report financial and descriptive information about their reportable operating segments. The Company identifies operating segments based on the various business activities that earn revenue and incur expense, whose operating results are reviewed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer, who, acting jointly, are deemed to be the chief operating decision makers. Based on the fact that operating segments have similar products and services, classes of customers, production processes and economic characteristics, the Company is deemed to operate as a single reportable segment.

The Company recognizes revenues in geographic areas based on the location to which the product was shipped or services have been rendered. Operations outside the United States have been small but growing. See table below for revenues and long-lived assets, net, attributable to the Company’s U.S. operations and foreign operations.

F-10

	2011						2010						2009
	U.S.		Foreign Countries		Total		U.S.		Foreign Countries		Total		U.S.		Foreign Countries		Total
Revenues from external customers	$	378,705	$	44,027	$	422,732	$	404,513	$	37,126	$	441,639	$	473,414	$	28,135	$	501,549
Long-lived assets, net	$	325,795	$	10,397	$	336,192	$	414,693	$	8,855	$	423,548	$	478,489	$	8,998	$	487,487

Advertising and Shipping and Handling Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and approximated $1.7 million, $1.9 million, and $2.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Shipping and handling costs incurred by the Company are included in cost of sales.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company applies the Black-Scholes valuation model in determining the fair value of share-based payments to employees, which is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. Upon the adoption of FSP FAS 123(R-3), Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards, the Company used the “shortcut method” for determining the historical windfall tax benefit.

Total stock-based compensation for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, was $4.3 million, $5.9 million and $4.9 million, respectively and was recorded in selling, general, and administrative expenses, consistent with the classification of the underlying salaries. In addition, upon the adoption of ASC 718, the excess tax benefit resulting from stock-based compensation, in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, are classified as financing cash inflows.

The weighted average fair value at the grant date for options issued in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009 was $4.43, and $3.34 respectively. The Company did not issue any stock options in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the following weighted average assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009:

		September 30,			September 30,
	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2009
Weighted average assumptions used:
Risk free interest rate		2.01	%		0.95	%
Expected volatility		48.1	%		43.1	%
Expected dividend yield		0.00	%		0.00	%

The Company did not issue any stock options in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

Using historical exercise data as a basis, the Company determined that the expected term for stock options issued in 2011 was 6.9 years. Prior to 2011, the expected term of options issued was determined using the “simplified” method as the Company did not have sufficient historical exercise information at that time. Under the “simplified” method, the expected option term was 6.00 years for options vesting over a 3 year period, 6.25 years for options vesting over a 4 year period, 6.5 years for options vesting over a 5 year period, and 5.5 years for options vesting over a 1 year period.

For fiscal year 2011 and 2009, expected stock price volatility is based on a blended rate which combines the Company’s recent historical volatility with that of its peer groups for a period equal to the expected term. This blended method provides better information about future stock-price movements, until the Company has a more reliable historical period to rely upon. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant with an equivalent remaining term. The Company has not paid dividends in the past and does not currently plan to pay dividends in the near future. The Company assumed a forfeiture rate of 0% in 2011, as the options issued during the year were only to key executives for whom a turnover rate of zero is assumed. The Company assumed a forfeiture rate of 6.19% in 2009 based on the Company’s historical forfeiture rate. The Company reviews its forfeiture rate at least on an annual basis.

As of December 31, 2011, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to nonvested stock-based compensation was approximately $4.6 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 3.1 years.

For additional information, see Note 9 “Employee Stock Purchase Plan and Stock Option Plan.”

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development activities relate to costs associated with the design and testing of new technology or enhancements and maintenance to existing technology and are expensed as incurred. In total, research and development amounted to $4.9 million, $4.7 million and $4.0 million during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Noncontrolling Interest

The Company accounts for its investment in UDS under the purchase method of accounting, in accordance with ASC 805. UDS is consolidated in the Company’s financial statements from the date of commencement. Noncontrolling interest, which represents the 35 percent non-controlling interest in UDS, is reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Sales Taxes

The Company bills sales taxes, as applicable, to its customers. The Company acts as an agent and bills, collects, and remits the sales tax to the proper government jurisdiction. The sales taxes are accounted for on a net basis, and therefore are not included as part of the Company’s revenue.

F-11

Earnings Per Share

The Company accounts for earnings per share in accordance with ASC 260. Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income attributable to ARC by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per common share is computed similar to basic earnings per share except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if common shares subject to outstanding options and acquisition rights had been issued and if the additional common shares were dilutive. Common share equivalents are excluded from the computation if their effect is anti-dilutive. There were 2.2 million, 2.2 million and 2.3 million common stock options excluded for anti-dilutive effects for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company’s common share equivalents consist of stock options issued under the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan.

Basic and diluted earnings per common share were calculated using the following options for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Weighted average common shares outstanding during the period — basic		45,401		45,213		45,123
Effect of dilutive stock options		—		—		—
Weighted average common shares outstanding during the period — diluted		45,401		45,213		45,123

There were no adjustments to net loss in calculating basic or diluted earnings per share.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-29. The amendments in this update affect any public entity as defined by ASC 805, Business Combinations, that enters into business combinations that are material on an individual or aggregate basis. The objective in this update is to address diversity in practice about the interpretation of the pro forma revenue and earnings disclosure requirements for business combinations. ASU 2010-29 is effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The Company adopted provisions of ASU 2010-29 effective January 1, 2011, which did not have a material effect on its Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company has not had any material business combinations in 2011.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28. This update provides amendments to the criteria of ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other. The amendments to this update affect all entities that have recognized goodwill and have one or more reporting units whose carrying amount for purposes of performing step one of the goodwill impairment test is zero or negative. ASU 2010-28 is effective for financial statements issued for years beginning after December 15, 2010. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2010-28 effective January 1, 2011, which did not have a material effect on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13. This update provides amendments to the criteria of ASC 605, Revenue Recognition, for separating consideration in multiple-deliverable arrangements. The amendments to this update establish a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable. ASU 2009-13 is effective for financial statements issued for years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2009-13 effective January 1, 2011, which did not have a material effect on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08. The new guidance provides an entity the option, when testing for goodwill impairment, to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after performing a qualitative assessment, an entity determines it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it is required to perform the currently prescribed two-step goodwill impairment test to identify potential goodwill impairment, and measure the amount of goodwill impairment loss to be recognized for that reporting unit (if any). The new guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2012.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05. The new guidance eliminates the current option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of changes in equity. Instead, an entity will be required to present either a continuous statement of net income and other comprehensive income or present net income and other comprehensive income in two separate but consecutive statements. The new guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2012 and will have presentation changes only.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04 which amends the accounting and disclosure requirements on fair value measurements. The new guidance limits the highest-and-best-use measure to nonfinancial assets, permits certain financial assets and liabilities with offsetting positions in market or counterparty credit risks to be measured at a net basis, and provides guidance on the applicability of premiums and discounts. Additionally, the new guidance expands the disclosures on Level 3 inputs by requiring quantitative disclosure of the unobservable inputs and assumptions, as well as description of the valuation processes and the sensitivity of the fair value to changes in unobservable inputs. The new guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2012. Other than requiring additional disclosures, the Company does not anticipate material impacts to its Consolidated Financial Statements upon adoption.

3. ACQUISITIONS

During 2011, the Company acquired the assets and liabilities of one Chinese company through UDS for $1.4 million in the aggregate.

During 2010, the Company acquired the assets and liabilities of one Chinese company through UDS for $0.6 million in the aggregate.

During 2009, the Company acquired the assets and liabilities of two reprographics companies in the United States and one Chinese reprographics company. The aggregate purchase price of such acquisitions, including related acquisition costs, amounted to approximately $2.9 million, for which the Company paid $2.5 million in cash and issued $0.5 million of notes payable to the former owners of the selling companies.

The results of operations of the companies acquired have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements from their respective dates of acquisition.

F-12

For U.S. income tax purposes, $1.2 million of intangibles resulting from acquisitions completed during the year ended December 31, 2011 are amortized over a 15-year period. There was no goodwill or intangibles resulting from the acquisition completed in 2010. None of the Company’s acquisitions were related or contingent upon any other acquisitions.

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company’s acquisitions were not material individually, or in the aggregate.

Certain acquisition agreements entered into by the Company contain earnout agreements which provide for additional consideration to be paid to the former owners if the acquired entity’s results of operations, or sales, exceed certain targeted levels measured on an annual basis generally three years after the acquisition. Accrued expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets included $0.3 million and $0 for earnout payments payable as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The increase to goodwill as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 as a result of the earnout payments was $0 and $0.5 million, respectively.

The earnout provisions generally contain limits on the amount of earnout payments that may be payable over the term of the agreement. The Company’s estimate of the aggregate amount of additional consideration that may be payable over the terms of the earnout agreements subsequent to December 31, 2011 is approximately $1.5 million.

The Company made certain adjustments to goodwill as a result of changes to the purchase price of acquired entities. The net increase to goodwill as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 as a result of purchase price adjustments was $0, $0 and $139 thousand, respectively.

4. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES RESULTING FROM BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

At September 30, 2011, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment analysis, which indicated that goodwill was impaired at nine of its 37 reporting units, eight in the United States and one in Canada. Accordingly, the Company recorded a pretax, non-cash charge for the three months ended September 30, 2011 to reduce the carrying value of goodwill by $42.1 million. Given the increased uncertainty in the timing of the recovery of the construction industry, and the increased uncertainty in the economy as a whole, as well as the significant decline in the price of the Company’s senior notes (resulting in a higher yield) and a decline of the Company’s stock price during the third quarter, the Company concluded that it was appropriate to increase the estimated weighted average cost of capital (WACC) of its reporting units as of September 30, 2011. The increase in the Company’s WACC was the main driver in the decrease in the estimated fair value of reporting units during the third quarter of 2011, which in turn resulted in the goodwill impairment. Based upon its assessment, the Company concluded that no goodwill impairment triggering events have occurred during the fourth quarter of 2011 that would require an additional impairment test.

Given the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on the Company’s business, there can be no assurance that the estimates and assumptions made for purposes of the Company’s goodwill impairment testing in 2011 regarding the duration of the lack of significant new construction activity in the AEC industry, or the timing or strength of general economic recovery, will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. If the Company’s assumptions, including forecasted EBITDA of certain reporting units, are not achieved, the Company may be required to record additional goodwill impairment charges in future periods, whether in connection with the Company’s next annual impairment testing in the third quarter of 2012, or on an interim basis, if any such change constitutes a triggering event (as defined under ASC 805) outside of the quarter when the Company regularly performs its annual goodwill impairment test. It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material.

At June 30, 2011, the Company determined that there were sufficient indicators to trigger an interim goodwill impairment analysis. The indicators included, among other factors: (1) the economic environment, (2) the performance against plan of reporting units which previously had goodwill impairment, and (3) revised forecasted future earnings. The Company’s analysis indicated that goodwill was impaired at six of its 36 reporting units, all of which are located in the United States, as of June 30, 2011. Accordingly, the Company recorded a pretax, non-cash charge for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 to reduce the carrying value of goodwill by $23.3 million.

The results of the Company’s 2010 goodwill impairment analysis indicated that goodwill was impaired at 13 of its reporting units, 12 in the United States and one in China. Accordingly, the Company recorded a pretax, non-cash charge in 2010 to reduce the carrying value of goodwill by $38.3 million.

The results of the Company’s 2009 goodwill impairment analysis indicated that goodwill was impaired at 11 of its reporting units, nine in the United States, one in the United Kingdom, and one in Canada. Accordingly, the Company recorded a pretax, non-cash charge in 2009 to reduce the carrying value of goodwill by $37.4 million.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are summarized as follows:

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Gross Goodwill		Accumulated Impairment Loss		Net Carrying Amount
January 1, 2010	$	405,054	$	72,536	$	332,518
Additions		500		—		500
Goodwill impairment		—		38,263		(38,263	)
Translation adjustment		4		—		4
December 31, 2010		405,558		110,799		294,759
Additions		—		—		—
Goodwill impairment		—		65,444		(65,444	)
December 31, 2011	$	405,558	$	176,243	$	229,315

The additions to goodwill include the excess purchase price over fair value of net assets acquired, purchase price adjustments, and certain earnout payments.

During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company decided to consolidate the various brands that previously represented the Company’s market presence around the country. Beginning in January 2011, each of the Company’s operating segments and their respective locations began to adopt ARC, the Company’s overall brand name. Original brand names will be used in conjunction with the new ARC brand name to reinforce the Company’s continuing presence in the business communities it serves, and ongoing relationships with its customers. Accordingly, the remaining estimated useful lives of the trade name intangible assets were revised down to 18 months. This change in estimate is accounted for on a prospective basis, resulting in increased amortization expense over the revised useful life of each trade name. The impact of this change in 2011 was an increase in amortization expense of approximately $9.5 million. Trade names are amortized using the straight-line method. The latest the Company expects to fully retire original trade names is April 2012.

F-13

The following table sets forth the Company’s other intangible assets resulting from business acquisitions as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, which continue to be amortized:

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	December 31, 2011						December 31, 2010
	Gross				Net		Gross				Net
	Carrying		Accumulated		Carrying		Carrying		Accumulated		Carrying
	Amount		Amortization		Amount		Amount		Amortization		Amount
Amortizable other intangible assets:
Customer relationships	$	97,509	$	56,478	$	41,031	$	96,359	$	48,301	$	48,058
Trade names and trademarks		20,320		16,231		4,089		20,294		5,736		14,558
Non-competition agreements		100		93		7		100		73		27
	$	117,929	$	72,802	$	45,127	$	116,753	$	54,110	$	62,643

Based on current information, estimated future amortization expense of other intangible assets for this fiscal year, and each of the next five fiscal years, and thereafter are as follows:

		September 30,
2012	$	10,971
2013		6,540
2014		5,704
2015		5,170
2016		4,483
Thereafter		12,259
	$	45,127

5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following:

		September 30,			September 30,
	December 31,
	2011			2010
Machinery and equipment	$	221,943		$	245,617
Buildings and leasehold improvements		20,047			20,563
Furniture and fixtures		4,692			4,731
		246,682			270,911
Less accumulated depreciation		(191,598	)		(211,875	)
	$	55,084		$	59,036

Depreciation expense was $29.2 million, $34.0 million, and $38.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

The two facilities that the Company owns are subject to liens under its credit facility.

6. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following:

		September 30,			September 30,
	December 31,			December 31,
	2011			2010
Borrowings from foreign Revolving Credit Facilities; 6.0% interest rate at December 31, 2011	$	713		$	—
10.5% Senior Notes due 2016, net of discount of $3,759 and $4,308 at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively		196,241			195,692
Various subordinated notes payable; weighted average 6.2% interest rate at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010; principal and interest payable monthly through September 2014		1,174			8,635
Various capital leases; weighted average 8.5% and 8.8% interest rate at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively; principal and interest payable monthly through November 2016		28,136			35,297
		226,264			239,624
Less current portion		(15,005	)		(23,608	)
	$	211,259		$	216,016

10.5% Senior Notes due 2016

On December 1, 2010, the Company completed a private placement of the Notes.

F-14

The Notes have an aggregate principal amount of $200 million. The Notes are general unsecured senior obligations of the Company and are subordinate to all existing and future senior secured debt of the Company to the extent of the assets securing such debt. The Company’s obligations under the Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries. The issue price was 97.824% with a yield to maturity of 11.0%. Interest on the Notes accrues at a rate of 10.5% per annum and is payable semiannually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on June 15, 2011. The Company will make each interest payment to the holders of record of the Notes on the immediately preceding June 1 and December 1.

The Company received gross proceeds of $195.6 million from the Notes offering. In connection with the issuance of the Notes, the Company entered into an Indenture (the “Indenture”). The Notes were offered only to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and outside the United States to non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Optional Redemption. At any time prior to December 15, 2013, the Company may redeem all or part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus (ii) a make-whole premium as of the date of redemption, plus (iii) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. In addition, the Company may redeem some or all of the Notes on or after December 15, 2013, at redemption prices set forth in the Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. At any time prior to December 15, 2013, the Company may use the proceeds of certain equity offerings to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, including any permitted additional Notes, at a redemption price equal to 110.5% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

Repurchase upon Change of Control. Upon the occurrence of a change in control (as defined in the Indenture), each holder of the Notes may require the Company to repurchase all of the then-outstanding Notes in cash at a price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase.

Other Covenants. The Indenture contains covenants that limit, among other things, the Company’s and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to (1) incur additional debt and issue preferred stock, (2) make certain restricted payments, (3) consummate specified asset sales, (4) enter into certain transactions with affiliates, (5) create liens, (6) declare or pay any dividend or make any other distributions, (7) make certain investments, and (8) merge or consolidate with another person.

Events of Default. The Indenture provides for customary events of default (subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure periods), which include non-payment, breach of covenants in the Indenture, cross default and acceleration of other indebtedness, a failure to pay certain judgments and certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Generally, if an event of default occurs, the Trustee or holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all of the then-outstanding Notes to be due and payable.

Exchange Offer. Pursuant to a registered exchange offer in May 2011, the Company offered to exchange up to $200 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes, for new notes that were registered under the Securities Act. The terms of the registered notes are the same as the terms of the Notes, except that they are registered under the Securities Act and the transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest provisions are not applicable. The Company accepted the exchange of $200 million aggregate principal amounts of the Notes that were properly tendered in the exchange offer.

2010 Credit Agreement

In connection with the issuance of the Notes, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries also entered into the 2010 Credit Agreement and paid off in full amounts outstanding under its prior credit agreement. The 2010 Credit Agreement provides for a $50 million senior secured revolving line of credit. The revolving line of credit is available on a revolving basis until December 1, 2015 and is secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries. The Company’s obligations under the 2010 Credit Agreement are guaranteed by its domestic subsidiaries and, subject to certain exceptions, are secured by security interests granted in all of the Company’s and the domestic subsidiaries personal and real property.

Advances under the 2010 Credit Agreement bear interest at LIBOR plus the applicable rate. The applicable rate is determined based upon the consolidated leverage ratio for the Company with a minimum and maximum applicable rate of 1.50% and 2.00%, respectively. The initial applicable rate is 2.00%.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with the financial incurrence based covenants for its Notes and financial covenants with respect to its 2010 Credit Agreement. The Company’s trailing twelve months key financial covenant ratios as of December 31, 2011 were 1.82:1.00 for Minimum Interest Coverage, 3.46:1.00 for Maximum Total Leverage and 0.43:1.00 for Maximum Senior Secured Leverage.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, standby letters of credit aggregated to $3.9 million. The standby letters of credit under the 2010 Credit Agreement reduced the Company’s borrowing availability under its 2010 Credit Agreement to $46.1 million as of December 31, 2011.

2012 Credit Agreement

On January 27, 2012, the Company entered into a new Credit Agreement (the “2012 Credit Agreement”) and terminated the 2010 Credit Agreement. The 2012 Credit Agreement provides revolving loans in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50.0 million with a Canadian sublimit of $5.0 million, based on inventory, accounts receivable and unencumbered equipment of the Company’s subsidiaries organized in the US and Canada (“Domestic Subsidiaries”) that meet certain eligibility criteria. The 2012 Credit Agreement has a maturity date of June 15, 2016.

Amounts borrowed in US dollars under the 2012 Credit Agreement bear interest, in the case of LIBOR loans, at a per annum rate equal to LIBOR plus the LIBOR Margin, which may range from 1.75% to 2.25%, based on Average Daily Net Availability (as defined in the Credit Agreement). All other amounts borrowed in US dollars that are not LIBOR loans bear interest at a per annum rate equal to (i) the greatest of (A) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.5%, (B) the LIBOR (calculated based upon an interest period of three months and determined on a daily basis), plus 1.0% per annum, and (C) the rate of interest announced, from time to time, within Wells Fargo Bank, National Association at its principal office in San Francisco as its “prime rate,” plus (ii) the Base Rate Margin (as defined in the 2012 Credit Agreement), which may range from 0.75 to 1.25 percent, based on Average Daily Net Availability. Amounts borrowed in Canadian dollars bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the Canadian Base Rate (as defined in the 2012 Credit Agreement) plus the LIBOR Margin, which may range from 1.75% to 2.25%, based on Average Daily Net Availability.

The 2012 Credit Agreement contains various loan covenants that restrict the Company’s ability to take certain actions, including restrictions on incurrence of indebtedness, creation of liens, mergers or consolidations, dispositions of assets, repurchase or redemption of capital stock, making certain investments, entering into certain transactions with affiliates or changing the nature of the Company’s business. In addition, at any time when Excess Availability (as defined in the 2012 Credit Agreement) is less than $10.0 million, the Company is required to maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the 2012 Credit Agreement) of at least 1.0 to 1.0. The Company’s obligations under the 2012 Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of its assets pursuant to a Guaranty and Security Agreement.

F-15

Foreign Credit Agreement

In the second quarter of 2011, in conjunction with its Chinese operations, UDS entered into a one-year revolving credit facility. This facility provides for a maximum credit amount of 8.0 million Chinese Yuan Renminbi. This translates to U.S. $1.3 million as of December 31, 2011. Draws on the facility are limited to 30 day periods and incur a fee of 0.5% of the amount drawn and no additional interest is charged.

Minimum future maturities of long-term debt and capital lease obligations as of December 31, 2011 are as follows:

		September 30,		September 30,
	Long-Term Debt		Capital Lease Obligations
Year ending December 31:
2012	$	1,645	$	13,360
2013		173		8,533
2014		69		4,347
2015		—		1,553
2016		200,000		343
Thereafter		—		—
	$	201,887	$	28,136

Interest Rate Swap Transaction

On December 19, 2007, the Company entered into an interest rate swap transaction in order to hedge the floating interest rate risk on the Company’s long term variable rate debt.

In connection with the issuance of the Notes, the swap transaction no longer qualified as a cash flow hedge and was de-designated.

As of December 31, 2010, the swap transaction had a negative fair value of $9.7 million, all of which was recorded in accrued expenses. On January 3, 2011, the swap transaction was terminated and settled. For further information, see Note 11 “Derivatives and Hedging Transactions”.

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases machinery, equipment, and office and operational facilities under noncancelable operating lease agreements. Certain lease agreements for the Company’s facilities generally contain renewal options and provide for annual increases in rent based on the local Consumer Price Index. The following is a schedule of the Company’s future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2011:

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Third Party		Related Party		Total
Year ending December 31:
2012	$	19,281	$	1,123	$	20,404
2013		13,199		893		14,092
2014		8,505		154		8,659
2015		5,912		—		5,912
2016		4,210		—		4,210
Thereafter		8,672		—		8,672
	$	59,779	$	2,170	$	61,949

Total rent expense under operating leases, including month-to-month rentals, amounted to $28.0 million, $29.6 million, and $34.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Under certain lease agreements, the Company is responsible for other costs such as property taxes, insurance, maintenance, and utilities.

The Company leases several of its facilities under lease agreements with entities owned by certain of its current and former executive officers which expire through March 2014. Rental expense on these facilities amounted to $1.5 million, $1.5 million and $1.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each director and named executive officer which provide indemnification under certain circumstances for acts and omissions which may not be covered by any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. The indemnification agreements may require the Company, among other things, to indemnify its officers and directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as officers and directors (other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct of a culpable nature), to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified, and to obtain officers’ and directors’ insurance if available on reasonable terms. There have been no events to date which would require the Company to indemnify its officers or directors.

On October 21, 2010, a former employee, individually and on behalf of a purported class consisting of all non-exempt employees who work or worked for American Reprographics Company, LLC and American Reprographics Company in the State of California at any time from October 21, 2006 through October 21, 2010, filed an action against the Company in the Superior Court of California for the County of Orange. The complaint alleges, among other things, that the Company violated the California Labor Code by failing to (i) provide meal and rest periods, or compensation in lieu thereof, (ii) timely pay wages due at termination, and (iii) that those practices also violate the California Business and Professions Code. The relief sought includes damages, restitution, penalties, interest, costs, and attorneys’ fees and such other relief as the court deems proper. The Company has not included any liability in its Consolidated Financial Statements in connection with this matter. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the amount or range of possible loss, if any, at this time.

F-16

In addition to the matter described above, the Company is involved in various additional legal proceedings and other legal matters from time to time in the normal course of business. The Company does not believe that the outcome of any of these matters will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

8. INCOME TAXES

The following table includes the consolidated income tax provision for federal, state, and local income taxes related to the Company’s total earnings before taxes for 2011, 2010 and 2009:

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Current:
Federal	$	(16,449	)	$	(1,400	)	$	5,767
State		353			157			1,442
Foreign		48			(286	)		286
		(16,048	)		(1,529	)		7,495
Deferred:
Federal		57,249			(10,429	)		(2,854	)
State		8,321			(1,640	)		(302	)
Foreign		1,409			(588	)		(1,321	)
		66,979			(12,657	)		(4,477	)
Income tax provision (benefit)	$	50,931		$	(14,186	)	$	3,018

The consolidated deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:

		September 30,			September 30,
	December 31,
	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Financial statement accruals not currently deductible	$	3,307		$	3,461
Deferred revenue		504			355
State taxes		—			61
Interest rate swap		—			3,635
Fixed assets		6,359			10,341
Goodwill and other identifiable intangibles		40,109			34,378
Stock-based compensation		6,162			6,054
Federal tax net operating loss carryforward		9,541			10,851
State tax net operating loss carryforward		1,865			843
State tax credits		905			905
Foreign tax net operating loss carryforward		1,162			1,614
Gross deferred tax assets		69,914			72,498
Less: valuation allowance		(68,546	)		—
Net deferred tax assets		1,368			72,498
Deferred tax liabilities:
Goodwill	$	(26,447	)	$	(27,506	)
Net deferred tax (liabilities) and assets	$	(25,079	)	$	44,992

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Statutory federal income tax rate		35	%		35	%		35	%
State taxes, net of federal benefit		2			3			(5	)
Foreign taxes		—			(1	)		4
Goodwill impairment		(16	)		(3	)		(56	)
Valuation allowance		(83	)		—			—
Non-deductible expenses and other		(1	)		(1	)		(6	)
Domestic Production Activities Deduction tax benefit		—			—			3
Discrete item		1			1			—
Effective income tax rate		(62	)%		34	%		(25	)%

In accordance with ASC 740-10, Income Taxes, the Company evaluates its deferred tax assets to determine if a valuation allowance is required based on the consideration of all available evidence using a “more likely than not” standard, with significant weight being given to evidence that can be objectively verified. This assessment considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency and severity of current and cumulative losses, forecasts of future profitability; the length of statutory carryforward periods for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards; and available tax planning alternatives. During 2011, the Company determined that cumulative losses for the preceding twelve quarters constituted sufficient objective evidence (as defined by ASC 740-10) that a valuation allowance was needed, and therefore established a $68.5 million valuation allowance against certain of its deferred tax assets.

F-17

Based on the Company’s assessment, the remaining net deferred tax assets of $1.4 million as of December 31, 2011 are considered to be more likely than not to be realized. The valuation allowance of $68.5 million may be increased or decreased as conditions change or if the Company is unable to implement certain available tax planning strategies. The realization of the Company’s net deferred tax assets ultimately depend on future taxable income, reversals of existing taxable temporary differences or through a loss carry back. The Company has income tax receivables of $4.6 million as of December 31, 2011 included in other current assets in its consolidated balance sheet primarily relating to 2009.

As of December 31, 2011 , the Company had approximately $27.2 million of consolidated federal, $35.9 million of state and $4.3 million of foreign net operating loss carryforwards available to offset future taxable income, respectively. The federal net operating loss carryforward began in 2011 and will expire in 2031. The state net operating loss carryforwards expire in varying amounts between 2015 and 2031. The foreign net operating loss carryforwards expire in varying amounts between 2015 and 2031.

Goodwill impairment item represents non-deductible goodwill impairment related to stock acquisitions in prior years. Non-deductible other items include meals and entertainment and other items that, individually, are not significant. The discrete item in 2011 and 2010 relates to the decrease in uncertain tax positions reflected in the table below. The Domestic Production Activities Deduction tax benefits in 2009 was a result of a carryback of tax deductions to that tax year.

The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2006. In 2010, the IRS commenced an examination of the Company’s U.S. income tax return for 2008, which was completed in February of 2011. The IRS did not propose any adjustments to the Company’s 2008 U.S. income tax return. In 2011, the IRS commenced an examination of the Company’s 2009 U.S. income tax return. The IRS has not proposed any adjustments to the Company’s 2009 U.S. income tax return as of December 31, 2011.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax is as follows:

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	2011			2010			2009
Beginning balance at January 1,	$	1,549		$	1,557		$	1,133
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year		—			387			424
Reductions based on tax positions related to the prior year		(1,549	)		—			—
Reductions for tax positions due to expiration of statute of limitations		—			(395	)		—
Ending balance at December 31,	$	—		$	1,549		$	1,557

All of the unrecognized tax benefits, reflected above for 2010 and 2009, would have affected the Company’s effective tax rate, if recognized. The Company recognized a tax benefit of $1.5 million in 2011 due to the reduction, reflected above.

The Company recognizes penalties and interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax expense. Interest expense of $92 thousand and $202 thousand is included in the ASC 740-10 liability on the Company’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

9. EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN AND STOCK OPTION PLAN

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) eligible employees may purchase up to a calendar year maximum per eligible employee of the lesser of (i) 2,500 shares of common stock, or (ii) a number of shares of common stock having an aggregate fair market value of $25 thousand as determined on the date of purchase at 85% of the fair market value of such shares of common stock on the applicable purchase date. The compensation expense in connection with the ESPP in 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $9 thousand, $11 thousand and $21 thousand, respectively.

Employees purchased the following shares in the periods presented:

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Shares purchased		12		9		30
Average price per share	$	4.22	$	7.10	$	5.46

Stock Plan

The Company’s 2005 Stock Plan provides for the grant of incentive and non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock purchase awards, restricted stock awards, and restricted stock units to employees, directors and consultants of the Company. The Stock Plan authorizes the Company to issue up to 5.0 million shares of common stock. This amount automatically increased annually on the first day of the Company’s fiscal year, from 2006 through and including 2010, by the lesser of (i) 1.0% of the Company’s outstanding shares on the date of the increase; (ii) 0.3 million shares; or (iii) such smaller number of shares determined by the Company’s board of directors. At December 31, 2011, 2.3 million shares remain available for grant under the Stock Plan.

Options granted under the Stock Plan generally expire no later than ten years from the date of grant. Options generally vest over a period of three to five years, except options granted to non-employee directors may vest over a shorter time period. The exercise price of options must be equal to at least 100% (110% in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder) of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock as of the date of grant. The Company allows for cashless exercises and grants new authorized shares upon the exercise of a vested stock option.

In 2011, the Company granted options to acquire a total of 55 thousand shares of the Company’s common stock to certain key employees with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the respective dates of grant.

Stock Option Exchange Program. On April 22, 2009, the Company commenced a stock option exchange program to allow certain of its employees the opportunity to exchange all or a portion of their eligible outstanding stock options for an equivalent number of new, replacement options. In connection with the exchange program,

F-18

the Company issued 1.5 million nonstatutory stock options with an exercise price of $8.20, equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on May 21, 2009. Generally, all employees who held options upon expiration of the exchange program, other than the Company’s board members, were eligible to participate in the program.

The number of shares of Company common stock subject to outstanding options did not change as a result of the exchange offer. New options issued as part of the exchange offer are subject to a two-year vesting schedule, with 50% of the shares subject to an option vesting on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant of the replacement option, and the remaining 50% of the shares subject to an option vesting on the two-year anniversary of the date of grant of the replacement option. The new options will expire 10 years from the date of grant of the replacement options, unless earlier terminated. In accordance with ASC 718, the Company measured the new fair value of the replacement options and also revalued the original options as of the date of modification. The excess fair value of the replacement options over the re-measured value of the original options represents incremental compensation cost. The total incremental cost of the replacement options is approximately $2.4 million, of which $0.5 million, $1.2 million and $0.7 million were recognized for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The following is a further breakdown of the stock option activity under the Stock Plan:

		September 30,			September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Year Ended December 31, 2011
						Weighted
				Weighted		Average		Aggregate
				Average		Contractual		Intrinsic
				Exercise		Life		Value
	Shares			Price		(In years)		(In thousands)
Outstanding at December 31, 2009		2,252		$	7.76
Granted		—		$	—
Exercised		(47	)	$	5.14
Forfeited		(48	)	$	8.20
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		2,157		$	7.81
Granted		55		$	8.72
Exercised		(17	)	$	6.37
Forfeited		(29	)	$	8.20
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		2,166		$	7.83		5.50	$	—
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2011		2,166		$	7.83		5.50	$	—
Exercisable at December 31, 2011		2,087		$	7.83		5.38	$	—

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pretax intrinsic value (the difference between the closing stock price on December 31, 2011 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all the option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2011. This amount changes based on the fair market value of the common stock. Total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $45 thousand, $152 thousand and $45 thousand, respectively.

A summary of the Company’s non-vested stock options as of December 31, 2011, and changes during the fiscal year then ended is as follows:

		September 30,			September 30,
				Weighted
				Average Grant Date
Non-vested Options	Shares			Fair Market Value
Non-vested at December 31, 2010		754		$	3.33
Granted		55		$	4.43
Vested		(701	)	$	3.35
Forfeited		(29	)	$	3.37
Non-vested at December 31, 2011		79		$	3.88

The following table summarizes certain information concerning outstanding options at December 31, 2011:

		September 30,
Range of Exercise	Options Outstanding at
Price	December 31, 2011
$4.88 – $5.85		589
$6.11 – $9.03		1,527
$23.85 – $35.42		50
$4.88 – $35.42		2,166

Restricted Stock

The Stock Plan provides for automatic grants of restricted stock awards to non-employee directors of the Company, as of each annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders having a then fair market value equal to $50 thousand.

In 2011, the Company granted 465 thousand shares of restricted stock to certain key employees, and approximately 6 thousand shares of restricted stock to each of the Company’s six non-employee members of its Board of Directors at a price per share equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the respective dates the restricted stock was granted. The shares of restricted stock granted to certain key employees will vest ratably over four years. The shares of restricted stock granted to the non-employee board members will vest on the one-year anniversary of the grant date.

In 2010, the Company granted approximately 5 thousand shares of restricted stock to each of the Company’s six non-employee members of its Board of Directors at a price per share equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the respective dates the restricted stock was granted. The shares of restricted stock granted to the non- employee board members vested on the one-year anniversary of the grant date.

F-19

The Company recognized compensation expense from restricted stock of $2.1 million, $1.3 million and $0.9 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

10. RETIREMENT PLANS

The Company sponsors a 401(k) Plan, which covers substantially all employees of the Company who have attained age 21. Under the Company’s 401(k) Plan, eligible employees may contribute up to 75% of their annual eligible compensation (or in the case of highly compensated employees, up to 6% of their annual eligible compensation), subject to contribution limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. During a portion 2009, the Company made an employer matching contribution equal to 20% of an employee’s contributions, up to a total of 4% of that employee’s compensation. In July 2009, the Company amended its 401(k) Plan to eliminate the mandatory company contribution and to provide for discretionary company contributions. An independent third party administers the Company’s 401(k) Plan. In 2011 and 2010, the Company made no discretionary contributions to the 401(k) Plan. The Company’s total expense under these plans amounted to $400 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2009.

11. DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING TRANSACTIONS

As of December 31, 2011, the Company was not party to any derivative or hedging transactions.

As of December 31, 2010, the Company was party to a swap transaction, in which the Company exchanged its floating-rate payments for fixed-rate payments. As of December 1, 2010, the swap transaction was de-designated upon issuance of the Notes and payoff of the Company’s previous credit agreement. The swap transaction no longer qualified as a cash flow hedge under ASC 815, as all the floating-rate debt was extinguished. The swap transaction qualified as a cash flow hedge up to November 30, 2010. On January 3, 2011, the Company terminated and settled the swap transaction.

As of December 31, 2011, $3.4 million is deferred in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (“AOCL”) and will be recognized in earnings over the remainder of the original term of the swap transaction which was scheduled to end in December 2012. Over the next 12 months, the Company will amortize $3.4 million from AOCL to interest expense.

The following table summarizes the fair value and classification on the Consolidated Balance Sheets of the swap transaction as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
		Fair Value
	Balance Sheet	Year Ended December 31,
	Classification	2011		2010
Derivative not designated as hedging instrument under ASC 815
Swap Transaction	Accrued expenses	$	—	$	9,729

The following table summarizes the gain (loss) recognized in AOCL of derivatives, designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

		September 30,		September 30,
	Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in AOCL on Derivative
	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010
Derivative in ASC 815 Cash Flow Hedging Relationship
Swap Transaction	$	—	$	1,763
Tax effect		—		(638	)
Swap Transaction, net of tax effect	$	—	$	1,125

The following table summarizes the effect of the Amended Swap Transaction on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Amount of Loss						Amount of Loss
	Reclassified from AOCL into Income						Recognized in Income
	(effective portion)						(ineffective portion)
	Year Ended December 31,						Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009		2011		2010		2009
Location of Loss Reclassified from AOCL into Income
Interest expense	$	5,691	$	7,724	$	8,247	$	—	$	574	$	24

F-20

The following table summarizes the loss recognized in income of derivatives, not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

		September 30,			September 30,
	Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in AOCL on Derivative
	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Derivative not designated as hedging instrument under ASC 815
Swap Transaction	$	(120	)	$	—
Tax effect		45			—
Swap Transaction, net of tax effect	$	(75	)	$	—

12. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

In accordance with ASC 820, the Company has categorized its assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value into a three-level fair value hierarchy as set forth below. If the inputs used to measure fair value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the categorization is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels of the hierarchy are defined as follows:

Level 1—inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2—inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level 3—inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The following table sets forth, by level within the fair value hierarchy, the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. As required by ASC 820, financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment, and may affect the valuation of fair value assets and liabilities and their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels.

		September 30,		September 30,
	Significant Other Observable Inputs
	Level 2
	December 31,
	2011		2010
Recurring Fair Value Measure
Amended Swap Transaction	$	—	$	9,729

The Company has also included additional required disclosures about the Company’s swap transaction in Note 11 “Derivatives and Hedging Transactions.”

The swap transaction is valued at fair value with the use of an income approach based on current market interest rates using a discounted cash flow model and an adjustment for counterparty risk. This model reflects the contractual terms of the derivative instrument, including the time to maturity and debt repayment schedule, and market-based parameters such as interest rates and yield curves. This model does not require significant judgment, and the inputs are observable. Thus, the derivative instrument is classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. The Company terminated and settled the swap transaction on January 3, 2011.

The following table summarizes the bases used to measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Significant Other Unobservable Inputs
	December 31,
	2011				2010
	Level 3		Total Losses		Level 3		Total Losses
Nonrecurring Fair Value Measure
Goodwill	$	229,315	$	65,444	$	294,759	$	38,263

F-21

In accordance with the provisions of ASC 350, goodwill was written down to its implied fair value of $229.3 million and $294.8 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, resulting in an impairment charge of $65.4 million and $38.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. See Note 2, “Summary of Significant accounting policies” and Note 4, “Goodwill and other intangibles resulting from business acquisitions” for further information regarding the process of determining the implied fair value of goodwill and change in goodwill.

13. CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, on a joint and several basis, by all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). The Company’s foreign subsidiaries have not guaranteed the Notes (the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries”). Each of the Guarantor Subsidiaries is 100% owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company. There are no significant restrictions on the ability of the Company to obtain funds from any of the Guarantor Subsidiaries by dividends or loan. In lieu of providing separate audited financial statements for the Guarantor Subsidiaries, condensed consolidating financial information is presented below.

Consolidating Condensed Balance Sheet

December 31, 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

		September 30,			September 30,		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	American
	Reprographics			Guarantor		Non-Guarantor
	Company			Subsidiaries		Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Total
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	11,706	$	13,731		$	—		$	25,437
Accounts receivable, net		—			49,435		5,278			—			54,713
Intercompany operations		295			4,667		(4,962	)		—			—
Inventories, net		—			7,772		4,335			—			12,107
Prepaid expenses		77			3,145		777			—			3,999
Other current assets		—			6,637		904			—			7,541
Total current assets		372			83,362		20,063			—			103,797
Property and equipment, net		—			47,431		7,653			—			55,084
Goodwill		—			229,315		—			—			229,315
Investment in subsidiaries		154,813			12,973		—			(167,786	)		—
Other intangible assets, net		—			42,625		2,502			—			45,127
Deferred financing costs, net		4,574			—		—			—			4,574
Deferred income taxes		—			—		1,368			—			1,368
Other assets		—			1,850		242			—			2,092
Total assets	$	159,759		$	417,556	$	31,828		$	(167,786	)	$	441,357
Liabilities and Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	113		$	19,965	$	1,709		$	—		$	21,787
Accrued payroll and payroll-related expenses		—			6,807		485			—			7,292
Accrued expenses		933			15,327		3,048			—			19,308
Intercompany loans		(168,206	)		166,361		1,845			—			—
Current portion of long-term debt and capital leases		—			13,078		1,927			—			15,005
Total current liabilities		(167,160	)		221,538		9,014			—			63,392
Long-term debt and capital leases		196,241			13,496		1,522			—			211,259
Deferred income taxes		—			26,447		—			—			26,447
Other long-term liabilities		—			1,262		1,932			—			3,194
Total liabilities		29,081			262,743		12,468			—			304,292
Commitments and contingencies
Total equity		130,678			154,813		19,360			(167,786	)		137,065
Total liabilities and equity	$	159,759		$	417,556	$	31,828		$	(167,786	)	$	441,357

F-22

Consolidating Condensed Balance Sheet

December 31, 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

		September 30,			September 30,		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	American Reprographics Company			Guarantor Subsidiaries		Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Total
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	12,587	$	13,706		$	—		$	26,293
Accounts receivable, net		—			48,283		4,336			—			52,619
Intercompany operations		295			2,717		(3,012	)		—			—
Inventories, net		—			8,090		2,599			—			10,689
Deferred income taxes		—			7,157		—			—			7,157
Prepaid expenses		72			2,799		1,203			—			4,074
Other current assets		—			5,942		928			—			6,870
Total current assets		367			87,575		19,760			—			107,702
Property and equipment, net		—			52,376		6,660			—			59,036
Goodwill		—			294,759		—			—			294,759
Investment in subsidiaries		257,838			16,065		—			(273,903	)		—
Other intangible assets, net		—			60,585		2,058			—			62,643
Deferred financing costs, net		4,995			—		—			—			4,995
Deferred income taxes		708			34,453		2,674			—			37,835
Other assets		—			1,978		137			—			2,115
Total assets	$	263,908		$	547,791	$	31,289		$	(273,903	)	$	569,085
Liabilities and Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	—		$	21,137	$	2,456		$	—		$	23,593
Accrued payroll and payroll-related expenses		—			7,643		337			—			7,980
Accrued expenses		2,210			25,563		2,361			—			30,134
Intercompany loans		(190,500	)		190,241		259			—			—
Current portion of long-term debt and capital leases		—			22,787		821			—			23,608
Total current liabilities		(188,290	)		267,371		6,234			—			85,315
Long-term debt and capital leases		195,692			19,201		1,123			—			216,016
Other long-term liabilities		—			3,381		1,691			—			5,072
Total liabilities		7,402			289,953		9,048			—			306,403
Commitments and contingencies
Total equity		256,506			257,838		22,241			(273,903	)		262,682
Total liabilities and equity	$	263,908		$	547,791	$	31,289		$	(273,903	)	$	569,085

F-23

Consolidating Condensed Statement of Operations

December 31, 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	American
	Reprographics			Guarantor			Non-Guarantor
	Company			Subsidiaries			Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Total
Net sales	$	—		$	378,705		$	44,027		$	—		$	422,732
Cost of sales		—			253,415			35,019			—			288,434
Gross profit		—			125,290			9,008			—			134,298
Selling, general and administrative expenses		—			93,093			8,222			—			101,315
Amortization of intangible assets		—			18,447			268			—			18,715
Goodwill impairment		—			65,444			—			—			65,444
(Loss) income from operations		—			(51,694	)		518			—			(51,176	)
Other expense (income), net		—			546			(649	)		—			(103	)
Interest expense (income), net		22,802			8,411			(109	)		—			31,104
(Loss) income before equity in earnings of subsidiaries and income tax benefit		(22,802	)		(60,651	)		1,276			—			(82,177	)
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries		109,577			160			—			(109,737	)		—
Income tax provision		708			48,766			1,457			—			50,931
Net (loss) income		(133,087	)		(109,577	)		(181	)		109,737			(133,108	)
Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest		—			—			21			—			21
Net (loss) income attributable to American Reprographics Company	$	(133,087	)	$	(109,577	)	$	(160	)	$	109,737		$	(133,087	)

F-24

Consolidating Condensed Statement of Operations

December 31, 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	American Reprographics Company			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Total
Net sales	$	—		$	404,513		$	37,126		$	—		$	441,639
Cost of sales		—			269,304			30,003			—			299,307
Gross profit		—			135,209			7,123			—			142,332
Selling, general and administrative expenses		—			100,294			7,450			—			107,744
Amortization of intangible assets		—			11,368			289			—			11,657
Goodwill impairment		—			36,697			1,566			—			38,263
Loss from operations		—			(13,150	)		(2,182	)		—			(15,332	)
Other (income) expense, net		—			(805	)		649			—			(156	)
Interest expense (income), net		1,895			22,215			(19	)		—			24,091
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		—			2,509			—			—			2,509
Loss before equity in earnings of subsidiaries and income tax benefit		(1,895	)		(37,069	)		(2,812	)		—			(41,776	)
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries		26,315			1,849			—			(28,164	)		—
Income tax benefit		(708	)		(12,603	)		(875	)		—			(14,186	)
Net (loss) income		(27,502	)		(26,315	)		(1,937	)		28,164			(27,590	)
Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest		—			—			88			—			88
Net (loss) income attributable to American Reprographics Company	$	(27,502	)	$	(26,315	)	$	(1,849	)	$	28,164		$	(27,502	)

Consolidating Condensed Statement of Operations

December 31, 2009

(Dollars in thousands)

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	American Reprographics Company			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Total
Net sales	$	—		$	473,414		$	28,135		$	—		$	501,549
Cost of sales		—			300,957			22,403			—			323,360
Gross profit		—			172,457			5,732			—			178,189
Selling, general and administrative expenses		—			108,049			6,971			—			115,020
Amortization of intangible assets		—			11,077			290			—			11,367
Goodwill impairment		—			35,148			2,234			—			37,382
Impairment of long-lived assets		—			781			—			—			781
Income (loss) from operations		—			17,402			(3,763	)		—			13,639
Other (income) expense, net		—			(619	)		448			—			(171	)
Interest expense, net		—			25,755			26			—			25,781
Loss before equity in earnings of subsidiaries and income tax provision (benefit)		—			(7,734	)		(4,237	)		—			(11,971	)
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries		14,885			3,098			—			(17,983	)		—
Income tax provision (benefit)		—			4,053			(1,035	)		—			3,018
Net (loss) income		(14,885	)		(14,885	)		(3,202	)		17,983			(14,989	)
Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest		—			—			104			—			104
Net (loss) income attributable to American Reprographics Company	$	(14,885	)	$	(14,885	)	$	(3,098	)	$	17,983		$	(14,885	)

F-25

Consolidating Condensed Statement of Cash Flows

December 31, 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,		September 30,
	American Reprographics Company			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations		Total
Cash flows from operating activities
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	(21,495	)	$	67,372		$	3,291		$	—	$	49,168
Cash flows from investing activities
Capital expenditures		—			(14,118	)		(1,435	)		—		(15,553	)
Payments for businesses acquired, net of cash acquired and including other cash payments associated with the acquisitions		—			—			(823	)		—		(823	)
Payment for swap transaction		—			(9,729	)		—			—		(9,729	)
Other		—			1,038			(115	)		—		923
Net cash used in investing activities		—			(22,809	)		(2,373	)		—		(25,182	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from stock option exercises		—			108			—			—		108
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan		—			62			—			—		62
Payments on long-term debt agreements and capital leases		—			(23,684	)		(1,495	)		—		(25,179	)
Net borrowings under revolving credit facility		—			—			701			—		701
Payment of deferred financing fees		(799	)		—			—			—		(799	)
Advances to/from subsidiaries		22,294			(21,930	)		(364	)		—		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		21,495			(45,444	)		(1,158	)		—		(25,107	)
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash balances		—			—			265			—		265
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		—			(881	)		25			—		(856	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		—			12,587			13,706			—		26,293
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—		$	11,706		$	13,731		$	—	$	25,437

F-26

Consolidating Condensed Statement of Cash Flows

December 31, 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,		September 30,
	American Reprographics			Guarantor			Non-Guarantor
	Company			Subsidiaries			Subsidiaries			Eliminations		Total
Cash flows from operating activities
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	(970	)	$	49,404		$	5,490		$	—	$	53,924
Cash flows from investing activities
Capital expenditures		—			(6,233	)		(2,401	)		—		(8,634	)
Payments for businesses acquired, net of cash acquired and including other cash payments associated with the acquisitions		—			(500	)		(370	)		—		(870	)
Other		—			1,045			(43	)		—		1,002
Net cash used in investing activities		—			(5,688	)		(2,814	)		—		(8,502	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from stock option exercises		—			242			—			—		242
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan		—			51			—			—		51
Excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation		—			58			—			—		58
Proceeds from bond issuance		195,648			—			—			—		195,648
Payments on long-term debt agreements and capital leases		—			(237,801	)		(1,188	)		—		(238,989	)
Net repayments under revolving credit facility		—						(1,536	)		—		(1,536	)
Payment of deferred financing fees		(4,473	)					—			—		(4,473	)
Advances to/from subsidiaries		(190,205	)		191,002			(797	)		—		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		970			(46,448	)		(3,521	)		—		(48,999	)
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash balances		—			—			493			—		493
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		—			(2,732	)		(352	)		—		(3,084	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		—			15,319			14,058			—		29,377
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—		$	12,587		$	13,706		$	—	$	26,293

F-27

Consolidating Condensed Statement of Cash Flows

December 31, 2009

(Dollars in thousands)

		September 30,		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,		September 30,
	American Reprographics		Guarantor			Non-Guarantor
	Company		Subsidiaries			Subsidiaries			Eliminations		Total
Cash flows from operating activities
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	—	$	94,051		$	3,374		$	—	$	97,425
Cash flows from investing activities
Capital expenditures		—		(5,890	)		(1,616	)		—		(7,506	)
Payments for businesses acquired, net of cash acquired and including other cash payments associated with the acquisitions		—		(3,051	)		(476	)		—		(3,527	)
Other		—		1,690			(6	)		—		1,684
Net cash used in investing activities		—		(7,251	)		(2,098	)		—		(9,349	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from stock option exercises		—		63			—			—		63
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan		—		164			—			—		164
Excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation		—		18			—			—		18
Payments on long-term debt agreements and capital leases		—		(103,793	)		(1,215	)		—		(105,008	)
Net borrowings under revolving credit facility				—			1,523			—		1,523
Payment of deferred financing fees		—		(2,092	)		—			—		(2,092	)
Advances to/from subsidiaries				1,752			(1,752	)		—		—
Net cash used in financing activities		—		(103,888	)		(1,444	)		—		(105,332	)
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash balances		—		—			91			—		91
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		—		(17,088	)		(77	)		—		(17,165	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		—		32,407			14,135			—		46,542
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—	$	15,319		$	14,058		$	—	$	29,377

F-28

Schedule II

AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(Dollars in thousands)

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,			September 30,
	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charges to Cost and Expenses		Deductions (1)			Balance at End of Period
Year ended December 31, 2011
Allowance for accounts receivable	$	4,030	$	1,034	$	(1,755	)	$	3,309
Year ended December 31, 2010
Allowance for accounts receivable	$	4,685	$	966	$	(1,621	)	$	4,030
Year ended December 31, 2009
Allowance for accounts receivable	$	5,424	$	3,044	$	(3,783	)	$	4,685

(1) Deductions represent uncollectible accounts written-off net of recoveries.

F-29

EXHIBIT INDEX

Number	Description
21.1	List of Subsidiaries.*
23.1	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.*
31.1	Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. *
31.2	Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. *
32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. *
32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. *
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document *
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema *
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase *
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase *
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase *
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase *

* Filed herewith

^ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or agreement

Attached as Exhibit 101 to this report are documents formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language). Users of this data are advised pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T that the interactive data file is deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of section 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and is otherwise not subject to liability under these sections. The financial information contained in the XBRL-related documents is “unaudited” or “unreviewed.”

F-30

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

	Jurisdiction of Formation	Doing Business As
American Reprographics Company, L.L.C.	California	American Draftsource
		ARC
		ARC — Central
		ARC — Mesa
		ARC — Pacific
		ARC — Pacific Northwest
		ARC — Western
		ARC Digital Imaging
		ARC Imaging Resources
		ARC Socal - North
		Blair Graphics
		Blue Print Service Company
		Blueprints Plus
		BPS Reprographics
		Brownie’s Digital Imaging
		Central Valley Reprographics
		City Digital Imaging
		Consolidated Reprographics
		Dieterich — Post
		Digital Reprographics
		Elite Reprographics
		FDC Digital Imaging Solutions
		Ford Graphics
		Ford Graphics Seattle
		Hudson Reprographics
		IDM Group
		Independent Printing Company
		InPrint
		Kestrel Blueprint Company
		KV Blueprint
		Mercury — LDO
		Micro Device
		Mossner
		Mossner IDM
		OCB
		Olympic Reprographics
		Peninsula Digital
		Peninsula Digital Imaging
		Pikes Peak Reprographics
		Reliable Graphics
		Repro Northwest
		Reprographics Northwest
		Riot Creative Imaging
		San Jose Blue
		SBD Reprographics
		Scottblue Reprographics
		Stockton Blue
		Stockton Blueprint and Supply Company
		SubHub
		Superior Reprographics
		Tacoma Reprographics
		The Blue Print Company
		The PEiR Group
		Wray’s Enterprises
American Reprographics Company India Private Limited	India
ARC — UK Technologies Limited	United Kingdom
ARC Acquisition Corporation	California
ARC Digital Canada Corp.	British Columbia	ARC
ARC Document Solutions Australia Pty Limited	Australia
ARC Reprographics Canada Corp	British Columbia
ARC Reprographics Hong Kong, Limited	Hong Kong
ARC Technology Bermuda, Ltd.	Bermuda
BPI Repro, LLC	California	ARC
		ARC — Pennsylvania
		BP Independent
		Riot Creative Imaging

	Jurisdiction of Formation	Doing Business As
ERS Digital, Inc.	Minnesota	ARC
		ARC — Central
		ARC — Mesa
		ARC Document Solutions
		ARC Imaging Resources
		Atlas Blueprint
		Dayton Blue Print Company
		DBS Engineering Repro Systems
		Detroit Reprographics
		Dunn Blue Print Company
		eBlueprint
		Gwyer Reprographics
		Letter Perfect Design
		Queen City Reprographics
		Resource Imaging Supply
		Riot Creative Imaging
		RK Digital
		Veenestra
		Wagner Repro & Supply
Henan UNIS Waytron Document Technology Co., Ltd.	People’s Republic of China
Licensing Services International, LLC	California
Mirror Plus Technologies, Inc.	California	ARC
Planwell, LLC	California	Planwell Licensing
		Planwell Professional Services
Reprografia Digital de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.	Mexico
Reprographics Fort Worth, Inc.	Delaware
Reprographics Northwest, LLC	California	ARC
		ARC — Pacific Northwest
		Blueprints Plus
		Ford Graphics
		Ford Graphics Seattle
		Kestrel Blueprint Company
		Micro Device
		Repro Northwest
		Riot Creative Imaging
		Superior Reprographics
		Tacoma Reprographics

	Jurisdiction of Formation	Doing Business As
Ridgway’s, LLC	Texas	A&E Supply Company
		A-C Reproduction Company
		A-Plus Digital Reprographics
		AEC Systems
		American Reprographics Southeast
		ARC
		ARC — Eastern
		ARC — FL
		ARC — Florida
		ARC — LA Gulf Coast
		ARC — Pacific Northwest
		ARC — Southern
		ARC — MA
		ARC — Maryland
		ARC — Oklahoma Central
		ARC — Texas
		ARC BIM Services Group
		ARC Document Solutions
		Blueprints Plus
		Crest Graphics
		Ford Graphics
		Ford Graphics Seattle
		Georgia Blue
		Imaging Technologies Services
		IT Plus Technologies
		Kansas Blue print
		Kestrel Blueprint Company
		Mathias Reprographics
		MBC Precision Imaging
		Metro Digital Imaging
		Micro Device
		Mix Imaging
		NGI
		NGI Digital
		NPI Digital
		Orlando Reprographics
		Pennsylvania Ridgway’s. LLC
		Rapid Blueprint Supply Co.
		RCMS
		RCMS Group
		Repro Northwest
		Reprographics Arlington
		Reprographics Dallas
		Reprographics Fort Worth
		Reprographics Roanoke
		Rhode Island Blueprint
		Ridgway’s Best Digital
		Ridgway’s Digital Imaging of Destin
		Ridgway’s IL, LLC
		Ridgway’s MD, LLC
		Ridgway’s NY, LLC
		Riot Creative Imaging
		Riot Creative Imaging
		StratoGrafix
		Superior Reprographics
		Tacoma Reprographics
		Tampa Reprographics
		Torrence Document Service
		T-Square Express
		University Imaging
		Western Blue Print Company
Shanghai UNIS Printing Technology Co., Ltd.	People’s Republic of China
Shenzhen UNIS – Printing Document Solutions Co., Ltd.
UNIS Document Solutions Co., Ltd.	People’s Republic of China

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-141009 and 333-132530 on Form S-3 and Registration Statement No. 333-122637 on Form S-8 of our report dated March 8, 2012 relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules of American Reprographics Company, and the effectiveness of American Reprographics Company’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Reprographics Company for the year ended December 31, 2011.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Los Angeles, California

March 8, 2012

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) AND RULE 15D-14(A)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Reprographics Company;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

/s/ KUMARAKULASINGAM SURIYAKUMAR

Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: March 8, 2012

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) AND RULE 15D-14(A)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, John E.D. Toth, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Reprographics Company;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

/s/ JOHN E.D. TOTH

John E.D. Toth

Chief Financial Officer, Secretary

(Principal Financial Officer)

Date: March 8, 2012

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of American Reprographics Company (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ KUMARAKULASINGAM SURIYAKUMAR

Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 8, 2012

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of American Reprographics Company (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, John E.D. Toth, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ JOHN E.D. TOTH

John E.D. Toth

Chief Financial Officer, Secretary

Date: March 8, 2012

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents include demand deposits and short-term investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased. UNIS Document Solutions Co. Ltd. (“UDS”), the Company’s business venture with Unisplendour Corporation Limited (“Unisplendour”), holds $13.1 million of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents.

The Company maintains its cash deposits at numerous banks located throughout the United States, Canada, India, the United Kingdom and China, which at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant risk on cash and cash equivalents.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Significant Vendors

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to a large, diverse customer base. No individual customer represented more than 3% of net sales during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Company has geographic concentration risk as sales in California, as a percent of total sales, were approximately 32%, 32% and 33% for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Company contracts with various suppliers. Although there are a limited number of suppliers that could supply the Company’s inventory, management believes any shortfalls from existing suppliers would be absorbed from other suppliers on comparable terms. However, a change in suppliers could cause a delay in sales and adversely affect results.

Purchases from the Company’s three largest vendors during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 comprised approximately 37%, 41%, and 51% respectively, of the Company’s total purchases of inventory and supplies.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of the financial condition of its customers, monitors collections and payments from customers, and generally does not require collateral. The Company provides for the possible inability to collect accounts receivable by recording an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company writes off an account when it is considered uncollectible. The Company estimates the allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience, aging of accounts receivable, and information regarding the credit worthiness of its customers. Additionally, the Company provides an allowance for returns and discounts based on historical experience. In 2011, 2010, and 2009 the Company recorded expenses of $1.0 million, $1.0 million and $3.0 million, respectively, related to the allowance for doubtful accounts.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (determined on a first-in, first-out basis; or average cost) or market. Inventories primarily consist of reprographics materials for use and resale, and equipment for resale. On an ongoing basis, inventories are reviewed and adjusted for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventories to reflect the lower of cost or market. Charges to increase inventory reserves are recorded as an increase in cost of sales. Estimated inventory obsolescence has been provided for in the financial statements and has been within the range of management’s expectations. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the reserves for inventory obsolescence amounted to $0.9 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect temporary differences between the amount of assets and liabilities for financial and tax reporting purposes. Such amounts are adjusted, as appropriate, to reflect changes in tax rates expected to be in effect when the temporary differences reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the Company’s deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Changes in tax laws or accounting standards and methods may affect recorded deferred taxes in future periods.

When establishing a valuation allowance, the Company considers future sources of taxable income such as future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards, and tax planning strategies. A tax planning strategy is an action that: is prudent and feasible; an enterprise ordinarily might not take, but would take to prevent an operating loss or tax credit carryforward from expiring unused; and would result in realization of deferred tax assets. In the event the Company determines the deferred tax assets, more likely than not, will not be realized in the future, the valuation adjustment to the deferred tax assets will be charged to earnings in the period in which it makes such a determination. As of June 30, 2011, the Company determined that cumulative losses for the preceding twelve quarters constituted sufficient objective evidence (as defined by ASC 740-10) that a valuation allowance was needed. As of December 31, 2011, the valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets was $68.5 million.

Management continues to evaluate the Company’s historical results for the preceding twelve quarters and its future projections to determine whether sufficient taxable revenue will be generated in future periods to utilize its deferred tax assets, and whether a partial or full allowance is still required. Should the Company generate sufficient taxable income, however, a portion or all of the then current valuation allowance may be reversed.

The Company calculates its current and deferred tax provision based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from the actual results reflected in income tax returns filed in subsequent years. Adjustments based on filed returns are recorded when identified.

Income taxes have not been provided on certain undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries because such earnings are considered to be permanently reinvested.

The amount of income taxes the Company reports to the various tax jurisdictions is subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities. The Company’s estimate of the potential outcome of any uncertain tax issue is subject to management’s assessment of relevant risks, facts, and circumstances existing at that time. The Company uses a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company records a liability for the difference between the benefit recognized and measured and the tax position taken or expected to be taken on its tax return. To the extent that its assessment of such tax positions changes, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. The Company reports tax-related interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense.

The Company’s effective income tax rate differs from the statutory tax rate primarily due to the establishment of a valuation allowance on the Company’s deferred tax assets in 2011, state income taxes, stock-based compensation, goodwill and other identifiable intangibles, the Domestic Production Activities Deduction, and other discrete items. See Note 8 “Income taxes” for further information.

Income tax deficiencies and benefits affecting stockholders’ equity are primarily related to employee stock-based compensation.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

Buildings	10-20 years
Leasehold improvements	10-20 years or lease term, if shorter
Machinery and equipment	3-7 years
Furniture and fixtures	3-7 years

Assets acquired under capital lease arrangements are included in machinery and equipment and are recorded at the present value of the minimum lease payments and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the life of the asset or term of the lease, whichever is shorter. Expenses for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred, while renewals and betterments are capitalized. Gains or losses on the sale or disposal of property and equipment are reflected in operating income.

The Company accounts for computer software costs developed for internal use in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350-40, which requires companies to capitalize certain qualifying costs incurred during the application development stage of the related software development project. The primary use of this software is for internal use and, accordingly, such capitalized software development costs are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the economic lives of the related products not to exceed three years. The Company’s machinery and equipment (see Note 5 “Property and Equipment”) includes $0.9 million and $1.5 million of capitalized software development costs as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, net of accumulated amortization of $16.3 million and $15.5 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Depreciation expense includes the amortization of capitalized software development costs which amounted to $0.9 million, $1.1 million and $1.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company periodically assesses potential impairments of its long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of ASC 360. An impairment review is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. The Company groups its assets at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of cash flows of the other assets and liabilities. The Company has determined that the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are available is the divisional level.

Factors considered by the Company include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance relative to historical or projected operating results; significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business; and significant negative industry or economic trends. When the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, the Company estimates the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows and eventual disposition is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the Company recognizes an impairment loss. An impairment loss is reflected as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset, based on the fair value if available, or discounted cash flows, if fair value is not available.

The reporting units of the Company have been negatively impacted by the decline in commercial and residential construction. Before assessing the Company’s goodwill for impairment, the Company evaluated, as described above, the long-lived assets in its reporting units for impairment in 2011, 2010 and 2009. Based on these assessments, there were no impairments in 2011 or 2010. In 2009 the Company determined that there was an impairment of long-lived assets for its operating segment in the United Kingdom. Accordingly, the Company recorded a pretax, non-cash charge in 2009 to reduce the carrying value of other long-lived intangible assets by $0.8 million.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

In connection with acquisitions, the Company applies the provisions of ASC 805, using the acquisition method of accounting. The excess purchase price over the fair value of net tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.

The Company assesses goodwill for impairment annually as of September 30, and more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired.

Goodwill impairment testing is performed at the reporting unit level. Goodwill is assigned to reporting units at the date the goodwill is initially recorded. Once goodwill has been assigned to reporting units, it no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition, and all of the activities within a reporting unit, whether acquired or internally generated, are available to support the value of the goodwill.

Goodwill impairment testing is a two-step process. Step one involves comparing the fair value of the reporting units to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit is greater than zero and its fair value is greater than its carrying amount, there is no impairment. If the reporting unit’s carrying amount is greater than the fair value, the second step must be completed to measure the amount of impairment, if any. Step two involves calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by deducting the fair value of all tangible and intangible assets, excluding goodwill, of the reporting unit from the fair value of the reporting unit as determined in step one. The implied fair value of goodwill determined in this step is compared to the carrying value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the difference.

The Company determines the fair value of its reporting units using an income approach. Under the income approach, the Company determined fair value based on estimated discounted future cash flows of each reporting unit. The cash flows are discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital, which is intended to reflect the overall level of inherent risk of a reporting unit. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental in nature and requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including revenue growth rates and EBITDA margins, discount rates and future market conditions, among others. The Company considered market capitalization in assessing the reasonableness of the fair value under the income approach outlined above.

Other intangible assets that have finite lives are amortized over their useful lives. Customer relationships are amortized using the accelerated method, based on estimated customer attrition rates, over their estimated useful lives of 13 (weighted average) years.

The Company’s non-competition agreements are amortized over their weighted average term on a straight-line basis.

Deferred Financing Fees

Direct costs incurred in connection with debt agreements are capitalized as incurred and amortized based on the effective interest method for the 10.5% senior secured notes due 2016 (the “Notes”) and on the straight line method for the Company’s $50 million credit agreement entered into in December 2010 (the “2010 Credit Agreement”). At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had deferred financing fees of $4.6 million and $5.0 million, respectively, net of accumulated amortization of $958 thousand and $71 thousand, respectively.

In 2011 the Company added $0.5 million of deferred financing fees related to its Notes and 2010 Credit Agreement. In December 2010, the Company wrote off $2.5 million of deferred financing fees due to the extinguishment, in full, of its previous credit agreement, and added $4.9 million of deferred financing fees related to its Notes and 2010 Credit Agreement. During 2009, the Company added $2.1 million of deferred financing fees and wrote off $0.2 million of deferred financing fees related to its previous credit agreement.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Historically, the Company has entered into derivative instruments to manage its exposure to changes in interest rates. These instruments allow the Company to raise funds at floating rates and effectively swap them into fixed rates, without the exchange of the underlying principal amount. Such agreements are designated and accounted for under ASC 815. Derivative instruments are recorded at fair value as either assets or liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments for disclosure purposes:

Cash equivalents: Cash equivalents are time deposits with a maturity of three months or less when purchased, which are highly liquid and readily convertible to cash. Cash equivalents reported in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets were $10.3 million and $10.8 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and are carried at cost and approximate fair value due to the relatively short period to maturity of these instruments.

Short- and long-term debt: The carrying amount of the Company’s capital leases reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets approximates fair value based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rate for similar types of borrowing arrangements. The carrying amount reported in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2011 for its Notes is $200.0 million and $1.2 million for its subordinated notes payable. Using a discounted cash flow technique that incorporates a market interest rate which assumes adjustments for duration, optionality, and risk profile, the Company has determined the fair value of its Notes is $178.0 million as of December 31, 2011 and the fair value and for its subordinated notes payable is $1.0 million as of December 31, 2011.

Interest rate hedge agreements: The fair value of the interest rate swap was based on market interest rates using a discounted cash flow model and an adjustment for counterparty risk. See Note 12 “Fair Value Measurements” for further information.

Insurance Liability

The Company maintains a high deductible insurance policy for a significant portion of its risks and associated liabilities with respect to workers’ compensation. The Company’s deductible is $250 thousand. The accrued liabilities associated with this program are based on the Company’s estimate of the ultimate costs to settle known claims, as well as claims incurred but not yet reported to the Company, as of the balance sheet date. The Company’s estimated liability is not discounted and is based upon an actuarial report obtained from a third party. The actuarial report uses information provided by the Company’s insurance brokers and insurers, combined with the Company’s judgments regarding a number of assumptions and factors, including the frequency and severity of claims, claims development history, case jurisdiction, applicable legislation, and the Company’s claims settlement practices.

The Company is self-insured for healthcare benefits, with a stop-loss at $200 thousand. Liabilities associated with the risks that are retained by the Company are estimated, in part, by considering historical claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions. The Company’s results could be materially impacted by claims and other expenses related to such plans if future occurrences and claims differ from these assumptions and historical trends.

Commitments and Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company estimates potential future loss accruals related to legal, workers compensation, healthcare, tax and other contingencies. These accruals require management’s judgment on the outcome of various events based on the best available information. However, due to changes in facts and circumstances, the ultimate outcomes could differ from management’s estimates.

Revenue Recognition

The Company applies the provisions of ASC 605. In general, the Company recognizes revenue when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) shipment of products has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the sales price charged is fixed or determinable and (iv) collection is reasonably assured. Net sales include an allowance for estimated sales returns and discounts.

The Company recognizes revenues from reprographics and facilities management services when services have been rendered while revenues from the resale of reprographics supplies and equipment are recognized upon delivery to the customer or upon customer pickup. Revenue from equipment service agreements are recognized over the term of the service agreement.

The Company has established contractual pricing for services provided to certain large national customer accounts (“Global Services”). These contracts generally establish uniform pricing at all operating segments for Global Services. Revenues earned from the Company’s Global Services are recognized in the same manner as non-Global Services revenues.

Included in revenues are fees charged to customers for shipping, handling, and delivery services. Such revenues amounted to $14.8 million, $17.8 million, and $22.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 respectively.

Revenues from hosted software licensing activities are recognized ratably over the term of the license. Revenues from membership fees are recognized over the term of the membership agreement. Revenues from software licensing activities and membership revenues comprise less than 1% of the Company’s consolidated revenues during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Management provides for returns, discounts and allowances based on historic experience and adjusts such allowances as considered necessary. To date, such provisions have been within the range of management’s expectations.

Comprehensive Loss

The Company’s comprehensive loss includes foreign currency translation adjustments and the amortized fair value of the Company’s swap transaction, net of taxes. The Amended Swap Transaction was de-designated on December 1, 2010, as it no longer qualified as a cash flow hedge when the cash proceeds from the issuance of the Notes were used to pay off the Company’s previous credit agreement. At that time, the fair value of the Amended Swap Transaction was computed and the effective portion is stored in other comprehensive income and is amortized into income, net of tax effect, on the straight-line method, based on the original notional schedule.

Asset and liability accounts of international operations are translated into the Company’s functional currency, U.S. dollars, at current rates. Revenues and expenses are translated at the weighted-average currency rate for the fiscal year.

Segment and Geographic Reporting

The provisions of ASC 280 require public companies to report financial and descriptive information about their reportable operating segments. The Company identifies operating segments based on the various business activities that earn revenue and incur expense, whose operating results are reviewed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer, who, acting jointly, are deemed to be the chief operating decision makers. Based on the fact that operating segments have similar products and services, classes of customers, production processes and economic characteristics, the Company is deemed to operate as a single reportable segment.

The Company recognizes revenues in geographic areas based on the location to which the product was shipped or services have been rendered. Operations outside the United States have been small but growing. See table below for revenues and long-lived assets, net, attributable to the Company’s U.S. operations and foreign operations.

	2011						2010						2009
	U.S.		Foreign Countries		Total		U.S.		Foreign Countries		Total		U.S.		Foreign Countries		Total
Revenues from external customers	$	378,705	$	44,027	$	422,732	$	404,513	$	37,126	$	441,639	$	473,414	$	28,135	$	501,549
Long-lived assets, net	$	325,795	$	10,397	$	336,192	$	414,693	$	8,855	$	423,548	$	478,489	$	8,998	$	487,487

Advertising and Shipping and Handling Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and approximated $1.7 million, $1.9 million, and $2.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Shipping and handling costs incurred by the Company are included in cost of sales.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company applies the Black-Scholes valuation model in determining the fair value of share-based payments to employees, which is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. Upon the adoption of FSP FAS 123(R-3), Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards, the Company used the “shortcut method” for determining the historical windfall tax benefit.

Total stock-based compensation for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, was $4.3 million, $5.9 million and $4.9 million, respectively and was recorded in selling, general, and administrative expenses, consistent with the classification of the underlying salaries. In addition, upon the adoption of ASC 718, the excess tax benefit resulting from stock-based compensation, in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, are classified as financing cash inflows.

The weighted average fair value at the grant date for options issued in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009 was $4.43, and $3.34 respectively. The Company did not issue any stock options in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the following weighted average assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009:

		September 30,			September 30,
	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2009
Weighted average assumptions used:
Risk free interest rate		2.01	%		0.95	%
Expected volatility		48.1	%		43.1	%
Expected dividend yield		0.00	%		0.00	%

The Company did not issue any stock options in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

Using historical exercise data as a basis, the Company determined that the expected term for stock options issued in 2011 was 6.9 years. Prior to 2011, the expected term of options issued was determined using the “simplified” method as the Company did not have sufficient historical exercise information at that time. Under the “simplified” method, the expected option term was 6.00 years for options vesting over a 3 year period, 6.25 years for options vesting over a 4 year period, 6.5 years for options vesting over a 5 year period, and 5.5 years for options vesting over a 1 year period.

For fiscal year 2011 and 2009, expected stock price volatility is based on a blended rate which combines the Company’s recent historical volatility with that of its peer groups for a period equal to the expected term. This blended method provides better information about future stock-price movements, until the Company has a more reliable historical period to rely upon. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant with an equivalent remaining term. The Company has not paid dividends in the past and does not currently plan to pay dividends in the near future. The Company assumed a forfeiture rate of 0% in 2011, as the options issued during the year were only to key executives for whom a turnover rate of zero is assumed. The Company assumed a forfeiture rate of 6.19% in 2009 based on the Company’s historical forfeiture rate. The Company reviews its forfeiture rate at least on an annual basis.

As of December 31, 2011, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to nonvested stock-based compensation was approximately $4.6 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 3.1 years.

For additional information, see Note 9 “Employee Stock Purchase Plan and Stock Option Plan.”

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development activities relate to costs associated with the design and testing of new technology or enhancements and maintenance to existing technology and are expensed as incurred. In total, research and development amounted to $4.9 million, $4.7 million and $4.0 million during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Noncontrolling Interest

The Company accounts for its investment in UDS under the purchase method of accounting, in accordance with ASC 805. UDS is consolidated in the Company’s financial statements from the date of commencement. Noncontrolling interest, which represents the 35 percent non-controlling interest in UDS, is reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Sales Taxes

The Company bills sales taxes, as applicable, to its customers. The Company acts as an agent and bills, collects, and remits the sales tax to the proper government jurisdiction. The sales taxes are accounted for on a net basis, and therefore are not included as part of the Company’s revenue.

Earnings Per Share

The Company accounts for earnings per share in accordance with ASC 260. Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income attributable to ARC by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per common share is computed similar to basic earnings per share except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if common shares subject to outstanding options and acquisition rights had been issued and if the additional common shares were dilutive. Common share equivalents are excluded from the computation if their effect is anti-dilutive. There were 2.2 million, 2.2 million and 2.3 million common stock options excluded for anti-dilutive effects for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company’s common share equivalents consist of stock options issued under the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan.

Basic and diluted earnings per common share were calculated using the following options for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Weighted average common shares outstanding during the period — basic		45,401		45,213		45,123
Effect of dilutive stock options		—		—		—
Weighted average common shares outstanding during the period — diluted		45,401		45,213		45,123

There were no adjustments to net loss in calculating basic or diluted earnings per share.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-29. The amendments in this update affect any public entity as defined by ASC 805, Business Combinations, that enters into business combinations that are material on an individual or aggregate basis. The objective in this update is to address diversity in practice about the interpretation of the pro forma revenue and earnings disclosure requirements for business combinations. ASU 2010-29 is effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The Company adopted provisions of ASU 2010-29 effective January 1, 2011, which did not have a material effect on its Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company has not had any material business combinations in 2011.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28. This update provides amendments to the criteria of ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other. The amendments to this update affect all entities that have recognized goodwill and have one or more reporting units whose carrying amount for purposes of performing step one of the goodwill impairment test is zero or negative. ASU 2010-28 is effective for financial statements issued for years beginning after December 15, 2010. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2010-28 effective January 1, 2011, which did not have a material effect on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13. This update provides amendments to the criteria of ASC 605, Revenue Recognition, for separating consideration in multiple-deliverable arrangements. The amendments to this update establish a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable. ASU 2009-13 is effective for financial statements issued for years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2009-13 effective January 1, 2011, which did not have a material effect on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08. The new guidance provides an entity the option, when testing for goodwill impairment, to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after performing a qualitative assessment, an entity determines it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it is required to perform the currently prescribed two-step goodwill impairment test to identify potential goodwill impairment, and measure the amount of goodwill impairment loss to be recognized for that reporting unit (if any). The new guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2012.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05. The new guidance eliminates the current option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of changes in equity. Instead, an entity will be required to present either a continuous statement of net income and other comprehensive income or present net income and other comprehensive income in two separate but consecutive statements. The new guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2012 and will have presentation changes only.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04 which amends the accounting and disclosure requirements on fair value measurements. The new guidance limits the highest-and-best-use measure to nonfinancial assets, permits certain financial assets and liabilities with offsetting positions in market or counterparty credit risks to be measured at a net basis, and provides guidance on the applicability of premiums and discounts. Additionally, the new guidance expands the disclosures on Level 3 inputs by requiring quantitative disclosure of the unobservable inputs and assumptions, as well as description of the valuation processes and the sensitivity of the fair value to changes in unobservable inputs. The new guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2012. Other than requiring additional disclosures, the Company does not anticipate material impacts to its Consolidated Financial Statements upon adoption.

XML

Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Description of Business and Basis of Presentation [Abstract]

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

American Reprographics Company (“ARC” or the “Company”) is the largest reprographics company in the United States providing specialized document solutions to businesses of all types, with an emphasis on the non-residential segment of the architectural, engineering and construction (“AEC”) industry. ARC offers conventional reprographic services, as well as managed print services, digital color printing, and proprietary document management technology products and services. In addition to the AEC industry, ARC also provides these services to companies in non-AEC industries, such as retail, aerospace, technology, financial services, entertainment, and healthcare, among others, that require sophisticated document management services. The Company conducts its operations through its wholly-owned operating subsidiary, American Reprographics Company, L.L.C., a California limited liability company, and its subsidiaries.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. The Company evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis and relies on historical experience and various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances to determine such estimates. Actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences may be material to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Risk and Uncertainties

The Company generates the majority of its revenue from sales of products and services provided to the AEC industry. As a result, the Company’s operating results and financial condition can be significantly affected by economic factors that influence the AEC industry, such as non-residential and residential construction spending, GDP growth, interest rates, employment rates, and office vacancy rates. The effects of the current economic environment in the United States, and weakness in global economic conditions, have resulted in a significant reduction of activity in the non-residential and residential portions of the AEC industry. The AEC industry generally experiences downturns several months after a downturn in the general economy and there may be a similar delay in the recovery of the AEC industry following a recovery in the general economy. Similar to the AEC industry, the reprographics industry typically lags a recovery in the broader economy. A continued downturn in the AEC industry and the reprographics industry would further diminish demand for some of ARC’s products and services, and would therefore negatively impact revenues and have a material adverse impact on its business, operating results and financial condition.

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 25,437	$ 26,293
Accounts receivable, net of allowances for accounts receivable of $3,309 and $4,030	54,713	52,619
Inventories, net	12,107	10,689
Deferred income taxes	0	7,157
Prepaid expenses	3,999	4,074
Other current assets	7,541	6,870
Total current assets	103,797	107,702
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $191,598 and $211,875	55,084	59,036
Goodwill	229,315	294,759
Other intangible assets, net	45,127	62,643
Deferred financing fees, net	4,574	4,995
Deferred income taxes	1,368	37,835
Other assets	2,092	2,115
Total assets	441,357	569,085
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	21,787	23,593
Accrued payroll and payroll-related expenses	7,292	7,980
Accrued expenses	19,308	30,134
Current portion of long-term debt and capital leases	15,005	23,608
Total current liabilities	63,392	85,315
Long-term debt and capital leases	211,259	216,016
Deferred income taxes	26,447	0
Other long-term liabilities	3,194	5,072
Total liabilities	304,292	306,403
Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)
American Reprographics Company stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 25,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding	0	0
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 150,000 shares authorized; 46,235 and 46,183 shares issued and 46,235 and 45,736 shares outstanding	46	46
Additional paid-in capital	99,728	96,251
Retained earnings	32,663	173,459
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(1,760)	(5,541)
Total Stockholders Equity Before Adjustment of Treasury Stock	130,677	264,215
Less cost of common stock in treasury, 0 and 447 shares	0	7,709
Total American Reprographics Company stockholders' equity	130,677	256,506
Noncontrolling interest	6,388	6,176
Total equity	137,065	262,682
Total liabilities and equity	$ 441,357	$ 569,085

XML

Consolidated Statements of Equity and Comprehensive Loss (Parenthetical) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011
American Reprographics Company Shareholders Retained Earnings
Treasury shares, retired	447
American Reprographics Company Shareholders Common Stock in Treasury
Treasury shares, retired	447

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Cash flows from operating activities
Net loss	$ (133,108)	$ (27,590)	$ (14,989)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
Allowance for accounts receivable	1,034	966	3,044
Depreciation	29,161	33,992	38,176
Amortization of intangible assets	18,715	11,657	11,367
Amortization of deferred financing fees	887	1,491	1,357
Amortization of bond discount	549	44
Goodwill impairment	65,444	38,263	37,382
Impairment of long-lived assets			781
Stock-based compensation	4,271	5,922	4,892
Excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation		(58)	(18)
Deferred income taxes	673	(12,657)	(4,477)
Deferred tax valuation allowance	68,546
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		2,509
Write-off of deferred financing fees			190
Amortization of derivative, net of tax effect	3,565
Other noncash items, net	(417)	340	(199)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of business acquisitions:
Accounts receivable	(2,582)	469	21,099
Inventory	(1,170)	8	1,344
Prepaid expenses and other assets	(453)	(4,098)	6,302
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	(5,947)	2,666	(8,826)
Net cash provided by operating activities	49,168	53,924	97,425
Cash flows from investing activities
Capital expenditures	(15,553)	(8,634)	(7,506)
Payments for businesses acquired, net of cash acquired and including other cash payments associated with the acquisitions	(823)	(870)	(3,527)
Payment for swap transaction	(9,729)
Other	923	1,002	1,684
Net cash used in investing activities	(25,182)	(8,502)	(9,349)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from stock option exercises	108	242	63
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan	62	51	164
Excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation		58	18
Proceeds from bond issuance		195,648
Payments on long-term debt agreements and capital leases	(25,179)	(238,989)	(105,008)
Net borrowings (repayments) under revolving credit facility	701	(1,536)	1,523
Payment of deferred financing fees	(799)	(4,473)	(2,092)
Net cash used in financing activities	(25,107)	(48,999)	(105,332)
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash balances	265	493	91
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	(856)	(3,084)	(17,165)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	26,293	29,377	46,542
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	25,437	26,293	29,377
Cash paid for:
Interest	25,215	20,627	24,733
Income taxes (received) paid, net	(13,488)	1,395	2,507
Noncash investing and financing activities:
Capital lease obligations incurred	10,678	10,305	16,181
Liabilities in connection with the acquisition of businesses	548	231	466
Liabilities in connection with deferred financing fees	107	440
Net gain on derivative, net of tax effect		$ 1,125	$ 3,318

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Consolidated Balance Sheets [Abstract]
Allowances for accounts receivable	$ 3,309	$ 4,030
Accumulated depreciation on property and equipment	$ 191,598	$ 211,875
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Preferred stock, shares authorized	25,000	25,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	0	0
Common stock, par value	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Common stock, shares authorized	150,000	150,000
Common stock, shares issued	46,235	46,183
Common stock, shares outstanding	46,235	45,736
Treasury stock, shares	0	447

XML

Retirement Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Retirement Plans [Abstract]

RETIREMENT PLANS

10. RETIREMENT PLANS

The Company sponsors a 401(k) Plan, which covers substantially all employees of the Company who have attained age 21. Under the Company’s 401(k) Plan, eligible employees may contribute up to 75% of their annual eligible compensation (or in the case of highly compensated employees, up to 6% of their annual eligible compensation), subject to contribution limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. During a portion 2009, the Company made an employer matching contribution equal to 20% of an employee’s contributions, up to a total of 4% of that employee’s compensation. In July 2009, the Company amended its 401(k) Plan to eliminate the mandatory company contribution and to provide for discretionary company contributions. An independent third party administers the Company’s 401(k) Plan. In 2011 and 2010, the Company made no discretionary contributions to the 401(k) Plan. The Company’s total expense under these plans amounted to $400 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2009.

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Mar. 01, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	American Reprographics CO
Entity Central Index Key	0001305168
Document Type	10-K
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2011
Amendment Flag	false
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2011
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Entity Public Float			$ 268,988,189
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		46,234,747

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Transactions

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Derivatives and Hedging Transactions [Abstract]

DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING TRANSACTIONS

11. DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING TRANSACTIONS

As of December 31, 2011, the Company was not party to any derivative or hedging transactions.

As of December 31, 2010, the Company was party to a swap transaction, in which the Company exchanged its floating-rate payments for fixed-rate payments. As of December 1, 2010, the swap transaction was de-designated upon issuance of the Notes and payoff of the Company’s previous credit agreement. The swap transaction no longer qualified as a cash flow hedge under ASC 815, as all the floating-rate debt was extinguished. The swap transaction qualified as a cash flow hedge up to November 30, 2010. On January 3, 2011, the Company terminated and settled the swap transaction.

As of December 31, 2011, $3.4 million is deferred in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (“AOCL”) and will be recognized in earnings over the remainder of the original term of the swap transaction which was scheduled to end in December 2012. Over the next 12 months, the Company will amortize $3.4 million from AOCL to interest expense.

The following table summarizes the fair value and classification on the Consolidated Balance Sheets of the swap transaction as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
		Fair Value
	Balance Sheet	Year Ended December 31,
	Classification	2011		2010
Derivative not designated as hedging instrument under ASC 815
Swap Transaction	Accrued expenses	$	—	$	9,729

The following table summarizes the gain (loss) recognized in AOCL of derivatives, designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

		September 30,		September 30,
	Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in AOCL on Derivative
	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010
Derivative in ASC 815 Cash Flow Hedging Relationship
Swap Transaction	$	—	$	1,763
Tax effect		—		(638	)
Swap Transaction, net of tax effect	$	—	$	1,125

The following table summarizes the effect of the Amended Swap Transaction on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Amount of Loss						Amount of Loss
	Reclassified from AOCL into Income						Recognized in Income
	(effective portion)						(ineffective portion)
	Year Ended December 31,						Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009		2011		2010		2009
Location of Loss Reclassified from AOCL into Income
Interest expense	$	5,691	$	7,724	$	8,247	$	—	$	574	$	24

The following table summarizes the loss recognized in income of derivatives, not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

		September 30,			September 30,
	Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in AOCL on Derivative
	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Derivative not designated as hedging instrument under ASC 815
Swap Transaction	$	(120	)	$	—
Tax effect		45			—
Swap Transaction, net of tax effect	$	(75	)	$	—

XML

Consolidated Statements of Operations (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Net sales	$ 422,732	$ 441,639	$ 501,549
Cost of sales	288,434	299,307	323,360
Gross profit	134,298	142,332	178,189
Selling, general and administrative expenses	101,315	107,744	115,020
Amortization of intangible assets	18,715	11,657	11,367
Goodwill impairment	65,444	38,263	37,382
Impairment of long-lived assets			781
(Loss) income from operations	(51,176)	(15,332)	13,639
Other income, net	(103)	(156)	(171)
Interest expense, net	31,104	24,091	25,781
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		2,509
Loss before income tax provision (benefit)	(82,177)	(41,776)	(11,971)
Income tax provision (benefit)	50,931	(14,186)	3,018
Net loss	(133,108)	(27,590)	(14,989)
Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	21	88	104
Net loss attributable to American Reprographics Company	(133,087)	(27,502)	(14,885)
Loss per share attributable to American Reprographics Company shareholders:
Basic	$ (2.93)	$ (0.61)	$ (0.33)
Diluted	$ (2.93)	$ (0.61)	$ (0.33)
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
Basic	45,401	45,213	45,123
Diluted	45,401	45,213	45,123
Reprographics Services
Net sales	267,531	294,555	350,491
Facilities Management
Net sales	100,682	89,994	97,401
Equipment and Supplies Sales
Net sales	$ 54,519	$ 57,090	$ 53,657

XML

Property and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Property and Equipment [Abstract]

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following:

		September 30,			September 30,
	December 31,
	2011			2010
Machinery and equipment	$	221,943		$	245,617
Buildings and leasehold improvements		20,047			20,563
Furniture and fixtures		4,692			4,731
		246,682			270,911
Less accumulated depreciation		(191,598	)		(211,875	)
	$	55,084		$	59,036

Depreciation expense was $29.2 million, $34.0 million, and $38.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

The two facilities that the Company owns are subject to liens under its credit facility.

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangibles Resulting From Business Acquisitions

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Goodwill and Other Intangibles Resulting From Business Acquisitions [Abstract]

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES RESULTING FROM BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

4. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES RESULTING FROM BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

At September 30, 2011, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment analysis, which indicated that goodwill was impaired at nine of its 37 reporting units, eight in the United States and one in Canada. Accordingly, the Company recorded a pretax, non-cash charge for the three months ended September 30, 2011 to reduce the carrying value of goodwill by $42.1 million. Given the increased uncertainty in the timing of the recovery of the construction industry, and the increased uncertainty in the economy as a whole, as well as the significant decline in the price of the Company’s senior notes (resulting in a higher yield) and a decline of the Company’s stock price during the third quarter, the Company concluded that it was appropriate to increase the estimated weighted average cost of capital (WACC) of its reporting units as of September 30, 2011. The increase in the Company’s WACC was the main driver in the decrease in the estimated fair value of reporting units during the third quarter of 2011, which in turn resulted in the goodwill impairment. Based upon its assessment, the Company concluded that no goodwill impairment triggering events have occurred during the fourth quarter of 2011 that would require an additional impairment test.

Given the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on the Company’s business, there can be no assurance that the estimates and assumptions made for purposes of the Company’s goodwill impairment testing in 2011 regarding the duration of the lack of significant new construction activity in the AEC industry, or the timing or strength of general economic recovery, will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. If the Company’s assumptions, including forecasted EBITDA of certain reporting units, are not achieved, the Company may be required to record additional goodwill impairment charges in future periods, whether in connection with the Company’s next annual impairment testing in the third quarter of 2012, or on an interim basis, if any such change constitutes a triggering event (as defined under ASC 805) outside of the quarter when the Company regularly performs its annual goodwill impairment test. It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material.

At June 30, 2011, the Company determined that there were sufficient indicators to trigger an interim goodwill impairment analysis. The indicators included, among other factors: (1) the economic environment, (2) the performance against plan of reporting units which previously had goodwill impairment, and (3) revised forecasted future earnings. The Company’s analysis indicated that goodwill was impaired at six of its 36 reporting units, all of which are located in the United States, as of June 30, 2011. Accordingly, the Company recorded a pretax, non-cash charge for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 to reduce the carrying value of goodwill by $23.3 million.

The results of the Company’s 2010 goodwill impairment analysis indicated that goodwill was impaired at 13 of its reporting units, 12 in the United States and one in China. Accordingly, the Company recorded a pretax, non-cash charge in 2010 to reduce the carrying value of goodwill by $38.3 million.

The results of the Company’s 2009 goodwill impairment analysis indicated that goodwill was impaired at 11 of its reporting units, nine in the United States, one in the United Kingdom, and one in Canada. Accordingly, the Company recorded a pretax, non-cash charge in 2009 to reduce the carrying value of goodwill by $37.4 million.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are summarized as follows:

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Gross Goodwill		Accumulated Impairment Loss		Net Carrying Amount
January 1, 2010	$	405,054	$	72,536	$	332,518
Additions		500		—		500
Goodwill impairment		—		38,263		(38,263	)
Translation adjustment		4		—		4
December 31, 2010		405,558		110,799		294,759
Additions		—		—		—
Goodwill impairment		—		65,444		(65,444	)
December 31, 2011	$	405,558	$	176,243	$	229,315

The additions to goodwill include the excess purchase price over fair value of net assets acquired, purchase price adjustments, and certain earnout payments.

During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company decided to consolidate the various brands that previously represented the Company’s market presence around the country. Beginning in January 2011, each of the Company’s operating segments and their respective locations began to adopt ARC, the Company’s overall brand name. Original brand names will be used in conjunction with the new ARC brand name to reinforce the Company’s continuing presence in the business communities it serves, and ongoing relationships with its customers. Accordingly, the remaining estimated useful lives of the trade name intangible assets were revised down to 18 months. This change in estimate is accounted for on a prospective basis, resulting in increased amortization expense over the revised useful life of each trade name. The impact of this change in 2011 was an increase in amortization expense of approximately $9.5 million. Trade names are amortized using the straight-line method. The latest the Company expects to fully retire original trade names is April 2012.

The following table sets forth the Company’s other intangible assets resulting from business acquisitions as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, which continue to be amortized:

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	December 31, 2011						December 31, 2010
	Gross				Net		Gross				Net
	Carrying		Accumulated		Carrying		Carrying		Accumulated		Carrying
	Amount		Amortization		Amount		Amount		Amortization		Amount
Amortizable other intangible assets:
Customer relationships	$	97,509	$	56,478	$	41,031	$	96,359	$	48,301	$	48,058
Trade names and trademarks		20,320		16,231		4,089		20,294		5,736		14,558
Non-competition agreements		100		93		7		100		73		27
	$	117,929	$	72,802	$	45,127	$	116,753	$	54,110	$	62,643

Based on current information, estimated future amortization expense of other intangible assets for this fiscal year, and each of the next five fiscal years, and thereafter are as follows:

		September 30,
2012	$	10,971
2013		6,540
2014		5,704
2015		5,170
2016		4,483
Thereafter		12,259
	$	45,127

XML

Fair Value Measurements

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Fair Value Measurements [Abstract]

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

12. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

In accordance with ASC 820, the Company has categorized its assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value into a three-level fair value hierarchy as set forth below. If the inputs used to measure fair value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the categorization is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels of the hierarchy are defined as follows:

Level 1—inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2—inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level 3—inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The following table sets forth, by level within the fair value hierarchy, the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. As required by ASC 820, financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment, and may affect the valuation of fair value assets and liabilities and their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels.

		September 30,		September 30,
	Significant Other Observable Inputs
	Level 2
	December 31,
	2011		2010
Recurring Fair Value Measure
Amended Swap Transaction	$	—	$	9,729

The Company has also included additional required disclosures about the Company’s swap transaction in Note 11 “Derivatives and Hedging Transactions.”

The swap transaction is valued at fair value with the use of an income approach based on current market interest rates using a discounted cash flow model and an adjustment for counterparty risk. This model reflects the contractual terms of the derivative instrument, including the time to maturity and debt repayment schedule, and market-based parameters such as interest rates and yield curves. This model does not require significant judgment, and the inputs are observable. Thus, the derivative instrument is classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. The Company terminated and settled the swap transaction on January 3, 2011.

The following table summarizes the bases used to measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Significant Other Unobservable Inputs
	December 31,
	2011				2010
	Level 3		Total Losses		Level 3		Total Losses
Nonrecurring Fair Value Measure
Goodwill	$	229,315	$	65,444	$	294,759	$	38,263

In accordance with the provisions of ASC 350, goodwill was written down to its implied fair value of $229.3 million and $294.8 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, resulting in an impairment charge of $65.4 million and $38.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. See Note 2, “Summary of Significant accounting policies” and Note 4, “Goodwill and other intangibles resulting from business acquisitions” for further information regarding the process of determining the implied fair value of goodwill and change in goodwill.

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Income Taxes [Abstract]

INCOME TAXES

8. INCOME TAXES

The following table includes the consolidated income tax provision for federal, state, and local income taxes related to the Company’s total earnings before taxes for 2011, 2010 and 2009:

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Current:
Federal	$	(16,449	)	$	(1,400	)	$	5,767
State		353			157			1,442
Foreign		48			(286	)		286
		(16,048	)		(1,529	)		7,495
Deferred:
Federal		57,249			(10,429	)		(2,854	)
State		8,321			(1,640	)		(302	)
Foreign		1,409			(588	)		(1,321	)
		66,979			(12,657	)		(4,477	)
Income tax provision (benefit)	$	50,931		$	(14,186	)	$	3,018

The consolidated deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:

		September 30,			September 30,
	December 31,
	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Financial statement accruals not currently deductible	$	3,307		$	3,461
Deferred revenue		504			355
State taxes		—			61
Interest rate swap		—			3,635
Fixed assets		6,359			10,341
Goodwill and other identifiable intangibles		40,109			34,378
Stock-based compensation		6,162			6,054
Federal tax net operating loss carryforward		9,541			10,851
State tax net operating loss carryforward		1,865			843
State tax credits		905			905
Foreign tax net operating loss carryforward		1,162			1,614
Gross deferred tax assets		69,914			72,498
Less: valuation allowance		(68,546	)		—
Net deferred tax assets		1,368			72,498
Deferred tax liabilities:
Goodwill	$	(26,447	)	$	(27,506	)
Net deferred tax (liabilities) and assets	$	(25,079	)	$	44,992

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Statutory federal income tax rate		35	%		35	%		35	%
State taxes, net of federal benefit		2			3			(5	)
Foreign taxes		—			(1	)		4
Goodwill impairment		(16	)		(3	)		(56	)
Valuation allowance		(83	)		—			—
Non-deductible expenses and other		(1	)		(1	)		(6	)
Domestic Production Activities Deduction tax benefit		—			—			3
Discrete item		1			1			—
Effective income tax rate		(62	)%		34	%		(25	)%

In accordance with ASC 740-10, Income Taxes, the Company evaluates its deferred tax assets to determine if a valuation allowance is required based on the consideration of all available evidence using a “more likely than not” standard, with significant weight being given to evidence that can be objectively verified. This assessment considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency and severity of current and cumulative losses, forecasts of future profitability; the length of statutory carryforward periods for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards; and available tax planning alternatives. During 2011, the Company determined that cumulative losses for the preceding twelve quarters constituted sufficient objective evidence (as defined by ASC 740-10) that a valuation allowance was needed, and therefore established a $68.5 million valuation allowance against certain of its deferred tax assets.

Based on the Company’s assessment, the remaining net deferred tax assets of $1.4 million as of December 31, 2011 are considered to be more likely than not to be realized. The valuation allowance of $68.5 million may be increased or decreased as conditions change or if the Company is unable to implement certain available tax planning strategies. The realization of the Company’s net deferred tax assets ultimately depend on future taxable income, reversals of existing taxable temporary differences or through a loss carry back. The Company has income tax receivables of $4.6 million as of December 31, 2011 included in other current assets in its consolidated balance sheet primarily relating to 2009.

As of December 31, 2011 , the Company had approximately $27.2 million of consolidated federal, $35.9 million of state and $4.3 million of foreign net operating loss carryforwards available to offset future taxable income, respectively. The federal net operating loss carryforward began in 2011 and will expire in 2031. The state net operating loss carryforwards expire in varying amounts between 2015 and 2031. The foreign net operating loss carryforwards expire in varying amounts between 2015 and 2031.

Goodwill impairment item represents non-deductible goodwill impairment related to stock acquisitions in prior years. Non-deductible other items include meals and entertainment and other items that, individually, are not significant. The discrete item in 2011 and 2010 relates to the decrease in uncertain tax positions reflected in the table below. The Domestic Production Activities Deduction tax benefits in 2009 was a result of a carryback of tax deductions to that tax year.

The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2006. In 2010, the IRS commenced an examination of the Company’s U.S. income tax return for 2008, which was completed in February of 2011. The IRS did not propose any adjustments to the Company’s 2008 U.S. income tax return. In 2011, the IRS commenced an examination of the Company’s 2009 U.S. income tax return. The IRS has not proposed any adjustments to the Company’s 2009 U.S. income tax return as of December 31, 2011.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax is as follows:

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	2011			2010			2009
Beginning balance at January 1,	$	1,549		$	1,557		$	1,133
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year		—			387			424
Reductions based on tax positions related to the prior year		(1,549	)		—			—
Reductions for tax positions due to expiration of statute of limitations		—			(395	)		—
Ending balance at December 31,	$	—		$	1,549		$	1,557

All of the unrecognized tax benefits, reflected above for 2010 and 2009, would have affected the Company’s effective tax rate, if recognized. The Company recognized a tax benefit of $1.5 million in 2011 due to the reduction, reflected above.

The Company recognizes penalties and interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax expense. Interest expense of $92 thousand and $202 thousand is included in the ASC 740-10 liability on the Company’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

XML

Long-Term Debt

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Long-Term Debt [Abstract]

LONG-TERM DEBT

6. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following:

		September 30,			September 30,
	December 31,			December 31,
	2011			2010
Borrowings from foreign Revolving Credit Facilities; 6.0% interest rate at December 31, 2011	$	713		$	—
10.5% Senior Notes due 2016, net of discount of $3,759 and $4,308 at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively		196,241			195,692
Various subordinated notes payable; weighted average 6.2% interest rate at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010; principal and interest payable monthly through September 2014		1,174			8,635
Various capital leases; weighted average 8.5% and 8.8% interest rate at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively; principal and interest payable monthly through November 2016		28,136			35,297
		226,264			239,624
Less current portion		(15,005	)		(23,608	)
	$	211,259		$	216,016

10.5% Senior Notes due 2016

On December 1, 2010, the Company completed a private placement of the Notes.

The Notes have an aggregate principal amount of $200 million. The Notes are general unsecured senior obligations of the Company and are subordinate to all existing and future senior secured debt of the Company to the extent of the assets securing such debt. The Company’s obligations under the Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries. The issue price was 97.824% with a yield to maturity of 11.0%. Interest on the Notes accrues at a rate of 10.5% per annum and is payable semiannually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on June 15, 2011. The Company will make each interest payment to the holders of record of the Notes on the immediately preceding June 1 and December 1.

The Company received gross proceeds of $195.6 million from the Notes offering. In connection with the issuance of the Notes, the Company entered into an Indenture (the “Indenture”). The Notes were offered only to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and outside the United States to non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Optional Redemption. At any time prior to December 15, 2013, the Company may redeem all or part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus (ii) a make-whole premium as of the date of redemption, plus (iii) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. In addition, the Company may redeem some or all of the Notes on or after December 15, 2013, at redemption prices set forth in the Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. At any time prior to December 15, 2013, the Company may use the proceeds of certain equity offerings to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, including any permitted additional Notes, at a redemption price equal to 110.5% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

Repurchase upon Change of Control. Upon the occurrence of a change in control (as defined in the Indenture), each holder of the Notes may require the Company to repurchase all of the then-outstanding Notes in cash at a price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase.

Other Covenants. The Indenture contains covenants that limit, among other things, the Company’s and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to (1) incur additional debt and issue preferred stock, (2) make certain restricted payments, (3) consummate specified asset sales, (4) enter into certain transactions with affiliates, (5) create liens, (6) declare or pay any dividend or make any other distributions, (7) make certain investments, and (8) merge or consolidate with another person.

Events of Default. The Indenture provides for customary events of default (subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure periods), which include non-payment, breach of covenants in the Indenture, cross default and acceleration of other indebtedness, a failure to pay certain judgments and certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Generally, if an event of default occurs, the Trustee or holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all of the then-outstanding Notes to be due and payable.

Exchange Offer. Pursuant to a registered exchange offer in May 2011, the Company offered to exchange up to $200 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes, for new notes that were registered under the Securities Act. The terms of the registered notes are the same as the terms of the Notes, except that they are registered under the Securities Act and the transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest provisions are not applicable. The Company accepted the exchange of $200 million aggregate principal amounts of the Notes that were properly tendered in the exchange offer.

2010 Credit Agreement

In connection with the issuance of the Notes, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries also entered into the 2010 Credit Agreement and paid off in full amounts outstanding under its prior credit agreement. The 2010 Credit Agreement provides for a $50 million senior secured revolving line of credit. The revolving line of credit is available on a revolving basis until December 1, 2015 and is secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries. The Company’s obligations under the 2010 Credit Agreement are guaranteed by its domestic subsidiaries and, subject to certain exceptions, are secured by security interests granted in all of the Company’s and the domestic subsidiaries personal and real property.

Advances under the 2010 Credit Agreement bear interest at LIBOR plus the applicable rate. The applicable rate is determined based upon the consolidated leverage ratio for the Company with a minimum and maximum applicable rate of 1.50% and 2.00%, respectively. The initial applicable rate is 2.00%.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with the financial incurrence based covenants for its Notes and financial covenants with respect to its 2010 Credit Agreement. The Company’s trailing twelve months key financial covenant ratios as of December 31, 2011 were 1.82:1.00 for Minimum Interest Coverage, 3.46:1.00 for Maximum Total Leverage and 0.43:1.00 for Maximum Senior Secured Leverage.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, standby letters of credit aggregated to $3.9 million. The standby letters of credit under the 2010 Credit Agreement reduced the Company’s borrowing availability under its 2010 Credit Agreement to $46.1 million as of December 31, 2011.

2012 Credit Agreement

On January 27, 2012, the Company entered into a new Credit Agreement (the “2012 Credit Agreement”) and terminated the 2010 Credit Agreement. The 2012 Credit Agreement provides revolving loans in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50.0 million with a Canadian sublimit of $5.0 million, based on inventory, accounts receivable and unencumbered equipment of the Company’s subsidiaries organized in the US and Canada (“Domestic Subsidiaries”) that meet certain eligibility criteria. The 2012 Credit Agreement has a maturity date of June 15, 2016.

Amounts borrowed in US dollars under the 2012 Credit Agreement bear interest, in the case of LIBOR loans, at a per annum rate equal to LIBOR plus the LIBOR Margin, which may range from 1.75% to 2.25%, based on Average Daily Net Availability (as defined in the Credit Agreement). All other amounts borrowed in US dollars that are not LIBOR loans bear interest at a per annum rate equal to (i) the greatest of (A) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.5%, (B) the LIBOR (calculated based upon an interest period of three months and determined on a daily basis), plus 1.0% per annum, and (C) the rate of interest announced, from time to time, within Wells Fargo Bank, National Association at its principal office in San Francisco as its “prime rate,” plus (ii) the Base Rate Margin (as defined in the 2012 Credit Agreement), which may range from 0.75 to 1.25 percent, based on Average Daily Net Availability. Amounts borrowed in Canadian dollars bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the Canadian Base Rate (as defined in the 2012 Credit Agreement) plus the LIBOR Margin, which may range from 1.75% to 2.25%, based on Average Daily Net Availability.

The 2012 Credit Agreement contains various loan covenants that restrict the Company’s ability to take certain actions, including restrictions on incurrence of indebtedness, creation of liens, mergers or consolidations, dispositions of assets, repurchase or redemption of capital stock, making certain investments, entering into certain transactions with affiliates or changing the nature of the Company’s business. In addition, at any time when Excess Availability (as defined in the 2012 Credit Agreement) is less than $10.0 million, the Company is required to maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the 2012 Credit Agreement) of at least 1.0 to 1.0. The Company’s obligations under the 2012 Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of its assets pursuant to a Guaranty and Security Agreement.

Foreign Credit Agreement

In the second quarter of 2011, in conjunction with its Chinese operations, UDS entered into a one-year revolving credit facility. This facility provides for a maximum credit amount of 8.0 million Chinese Yuan Renminbi. This translates to U.S. $1.3 million as of December 31, 2011. Draws on the facility are limited to 30 day periods and incur a fee of 0.5% of the amount drawn and no additional interest is charged.

Minimum future maturities of long-term debt and capital lease obligations as of December 31, 2011 are as follows:

		September 30,		September 30,
	Long-Term Debt		Capital Lease Obligations
Year ending December 31:
2012	$	1,645	$	13,360
2013		173		8,533
2014		69		4,347
2015		—		1,553
2016		200,000		343
Thereafter		—		—
	$	201,887	$	28,136

Interest Rate Swap Transaction

On December 19, 2007, the Company entered into an interest rate swap transaction in order to hedge the floating interest rate risk on the Company’s long term variable rate debt.

In connection with the issuance of the Notes, the swap transaction no longer qualified as a cash flow hedge and was de-designated.

As of December 31, 2010, the swap transaction had a negative fair value of $9.7 million, all of which was recorded in accrued expenses. On January 3, 2011, the swap transaction was terminated and settled. For further information, see Note 11 “Derivatives and Hedging Transactions”.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Commitments and Contingencies [Abstract]

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases machinery, equipment, and office and operational facilities under noncancelable operating lease agreements. Certain lease agreements for the Company’s facilities generally contain renewal options and provide for annual increases in rent based on the local Consumer Price Index. The following is a schedule of the Company’s future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2011:

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Third Party		Related Party		Total
Year ending December 31:
2012	$	19,281	$	1,123	$	20,404
2013		13,199		893		14,092
2014		8,505		154		8,659
2015		5,912		—		5,912
2016		4,210		—		4,210
Thereafter		8,672		—		8,672
	$	59,779	$	2,170	$	61,949

Total rent expense under operating leases, including month-to-month rentals, amounted to $28.0 million, $29.6 million, and $34.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Under certain lease agreements, the Company is responsible for other costs such as property taxes, insurance, maintenance, and utilities.

The Company leases several of its facilities under lease agreements with entities owned by certain of its current and former executive officers which expire through March 2014. Rental expense on these facilities amounted to $1.5 million, $1.5 million and $1.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each director and named executive officer which provide indemnification under certain circumstances for acts and omissions which may not be covered by any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. The indemnification agreements may require the Company, among other things, to indemnify its officers and directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as officers and directors (other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct of a culpable nature), to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified, and to obtain officers’ and directors’ insurance if available on reasonable terms. There have been no events to date which would require the Company to indemnify its officers or directors.

On October 21, 2010, a former employee, individually and on behalf of a purported class consisting of all non-exempt employees who work or worked for American Reprographics Company, LLC and American Reprographics Company in the State of California at any time from October 21, 2006 through October 21, 2010, filed an action against the Company in the Superior Court of California for the County of Orange. The complaint alleges, among other things, that the Company violated the California Labor Code by failing to (i) provide meal and rest periods, or compensation in lieu thereof, (ii) timely pay wages due at termination, and (iii) that those practices also violate the California Business and Professions Code. The relief sought includes damages, restitution, penalties, interest, costs, and attorneys’ fees and such other relief as the court deems proper. The Company has not included any liability in its Consolidated Financial Statements in connection with this matter. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the amount or range of possible loss, if any, at this time.

In addition to the matter described above, the Company is involved in various additional legal proceedings and other legal matters from time to time in the normal course of business. The Company does not believe that the outcome of any of these matters will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

XML

Employee Stock Purchase Plan and Stock Option Plan

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Employee Stock Purchase Plan and Stock Option Plan [Abstract]

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN AND STOCK OPTION PLAN

9. EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN AND STOCK OPTION PLAN

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) eligible employees may purchase up to a calendar year maximum per eligible employee of the lesser of (i) 2,500 shares of common stock, or (ii) a number of shares of common stock having an aggregate fair market value of $25 thousand as determined on the date of purchase at 85% of the fair market value of such shares of common stock on the applicable purchase date. The compensation expense in connection with the ESPP in 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $9 thousand, $11 thousand and $21 thousand, respectively.

Employees purchased the following shares in the periods presented:

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Shares purchased		12		9		30
Average price per share	$	4.22	$	7.10	$	5.46

Stock Plan

The Company’s 2005 Stock Plan provides for the grant of incentive and non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock purchase awards, restricted stock awards, and restricted stock units to employees, directors and consultants of the Company. The Stock Plan authorizes the Company to issue up to 5.0 million shares of common stock. This amount automatically increased annually on the first day of the Company’s fiscal year, from 2006 through and including 2010, by the lesser of (i) 1.0% of the Company’s outstanding shares on the date of the increase; (ii) 0.3 million shares; or (iii) such smaller number of shares determined by the Company’s board of directors. At December 31, 2011, 2.3 million shares remain available for grant under the Stock Plan.

Options granted under the Stock Plan generally expire no later than ten years from the date of grant. Options generally vest over a period of three to five years, except options granted to non-employee directors may vest over a shorter time period. The exercise price of options must be equal to at least 100% (110% in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder) of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock as of the date of grant. The Company allows for cashless exercises and grants new authorized shares upon the exercise of a vested stock option.

In 2011, the Company granted options to acquire a total of 55 thousand shares of the Company’s common stock to certain key employees with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the respective dates of grant.

Stock Option Exchange Program. On April 22, 2009, the Company commenced a stock option exchange program to allow certain of its employees the opportunity to exchange all or a portion of their eligible outstanding stock options for an equivalent number of new, replacement options. In connection with the exchange program, the Company issued 1.5 million nonstatutory stock options with an exercise price of $8.20, equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on May 21, 2009. Generally, all employees who held options upon expiration of the exchange program, other than the Company’s board members, were eligible to participate in the program.

The number of shares of Company common stock subject to outstanding options did not change as a result of the exchange offer. New options issued as part of the exchange offer are subject to a two-year vesting schedule, with 50% of the shares subject to an option vesting on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant of the replacement option, and the remaining 50% of the shares subject to an option vesting on the two-year anniversary of the date of grant of the replacement option. The new options will expire 10 years from the date of grant of the replacement options, unless earlier terminated. In accordance with ASC 718, the Company measured the new fair value of the replacement options and also revalued the original options as of the date of modification. The excess fair value of the replacement options over the re-measured value of the original options represents incremental compensation cost. The total incremental cost of the replacement options is approximately $2.4 million, of which $0.5 million, $1.2 million and $0.7 million were recognized for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The following is a further breakdown of the stock option activity under the Stock Plan:

		September 30,			September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Year Ended December 31, 2011
						Weighted
				Weighted		Average		Aggregate
				Average		Contractual		Intrinsic
				Exercise		Life		Value
	Shares			Price		(In years)		(In thousands)
Outstanding at December 31, 2009		2,252		$	7.76
Granted		—		$	—
Exercised		(47	)	$	5.14
Forfeited		(48	)	$	8.20
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		2,157		$	7.81
Granted		55		$	8.72
Exercised		(17	)	$	6.37
Forfeited		(29	)	$	8.20
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		2,166		$	7.83		5.50	$	—
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2011		2,166		$	7.83		5.50	$	—
Exercisable at December 31, 2011		2,087		$	7.83		5.38	$	—

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pretax intrinsic value (the difference between the closing stock price on December 31, 2011 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all the option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2011. This amount changes based on the fair market value of the common stock. Total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $45 thousand, $152 thousand and $45 thousand, respectively.

A summary of the Company’s non-vested stock options as of December 31, 2011, and changes during the fiscal year then ended is as follows:

		September 30,			September 30,
				Weighted
				Average Grant Date
Non-vested Options	Shares			Fair Market Value
Non-vested at December 31, 2010		754		$	3.33
Granted		55		$	4.43
Vested		(701	)	$	3.35
Forfeited		(29	)	$	3.37
Non-vested at December 31, 2011		79		$	3.88

The following table summarizes certain information concerning outstanding options at December 31, 2011:

		September 30,
Range of Exercise	Options Outstanding at
Price	December 31, 2011
$4.88 – $5.85		589
$6.11 – $9.03		1,527
$23.85 – $35.42		50
$4.88 – $35.42		2,166

Restricted Stock

The Stock Plan provides for automatic grants of restricted stock awards to non-employee directors of the Company, as of each annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders having a then fair market value equal to $50 thousand.

In 2011, the Company granted 465 thousand shares of restricted stock to certain key employees, and approximately 6 thousand shares of restricted stock to each of the Company’s six non-employee members of its Board of Directors at a price per share equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the respective dates the restricted stock was granted. The shares of restricted stock granted to certain key employees will vest ratably over four years. The shares of restricted stock granted to the non-employee board members will vest on the one-year anniversary of the grant date.

In 2010, the Company granted approximately 5 thousand shares of restricted stock to each of the Company’s six non-employee members of its Board of Directors at a price per share equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the respective dates the restricted stock was granted. The shares of restricted stock granted to the non- employee board members vested on the one-year anniversary of the grant date.

The Company recognized compensation expense from restricted stock of $2.1 million, $1.3 million and $0.9 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

XML

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts [Abstract]

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Schedule II

AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(Dollars in thousands)

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,			September 30,
	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charges to Cost and Expenses		Deductions (1)			Balance at End of Period
Year ended December 31, 2011
Allowance for accounts receivable	$	4,030	$	1,034	$	(1,755	)	$	3,309
Year ended December 31, 2010
Allowance for accounts receivable	$	4,685	$	966	$	(1,621	)	$	4,030
Year ended December 31, 2009
Allowance for accounts receivable	$	5,424	$	3,044	$	(3,783	)	$	4,685

(1) Deductions represent uncollectible accounts written-off net of recoveries.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Equity and Comprehensive Loss (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Total	American Reprographics Company Shareholders Common Stock	American Reprographics Company Shareholders Additional Paid-In Capital	American Reprographics Company Shareholders Deferred Compensation	American Reprographics Company Shareholders Retained Earnings	American Reprographics Company Shareholders Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss	American Reprographics Company Shareholders Common Stock in Treasury	Noncontrolling Interest
Balance at Dec. 31, 2008	$ 287,902	$ 46	$ 85,207	$ (195)	$ 215,846	$ (11,414)	$ (7,709)	$ 6,121
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2008		45,227
Stock-based compensation	4,892		4,697	195
Stock-based compensation, shares		396
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan	164		164
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan, shares		30
Stock options exercised	63		63
Stock options exercised, shares		12
Tax deficiency from stock-based compensation, net of tax benefit	(149)		(149)
Comprehensive loss
Net loss	(14,989)				(14,885)			(104)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	823					823
Gain on derivative, net of tax effect	3,318					3,318
Comprehensive loss	(10,848)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2009	282,024	46	89,982	0	200,961	(7,273)	(7,709)	6,017
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2009		45,665
Stock-based compensation	5,922		5,922
Stock-based compensation, shares		15
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan	64		64
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan, shares		9
Stock options exercised	242		242
Stock options exercised, shares		47
Tax deficiency from stock-based compensation, net of tax benefit	41		41
Comprehensive loss
Net loss	(27,590)				(27,502)			(88)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	854					607		247
Gain on derivative, net of tax effect	1,125					1,125
Comprehensive loss	(25,611)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2010	262,682	46	96,251	0	173,459	(5,541)	(7,709)	6,176
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2010	45,736	45,736
Stock-based compensation	4,271		4,271
Stock-based compensation, shares		470
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan	50		50
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan, shares		12
Stock options exercised	108		108
Stock options exercised, shares		17
Tax deficiency from stock-based compensation, net of tax benefit	(952)		(952)
Retirement of 447 treasury shares					(7,709)		7,709
Comprehensive loss
Net loss	(133,108)				(133,087)			(21)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	449					216		233
Comprehensive loss	(129,094)
Amortization of derivative, net of tax effect	3,565					3,565
Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	$ 137,065	$ 46	$ 99,728	$ 0	$ 32,663	$ (1,760)	$ 0	$ 6,388
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2011	46,235	46,235

XML

Acquisitions

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Acquisitions [Abstract]

ACQUISITIONS

3. ACQUISITIONS

During 2011, the Company acquired the assets and liabilities of one Chinese company through UDS for $1.4 million in the aggregate.

During 2010, the Company acquired the assets and liabilities of one Chinese company through UDS for $0.6 million in the aggregate.

During 2009, the Company acquired the assets and liabilities of two reprographics companies in the United States and one Chinese reprographics company. The aggregate purchase price of such acquisitions, including related acquisition costs, amounted to approximately $2.9 million, for which the Company paid $2.5 million in cash and issued $0.5 million of notes payable to the former owners of the selling companies.

The results of operations of the companies acquired have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements from their respective dates of acquisition.

For U.S. income tax purposes, $1.2 million of intangibles resulting from acquisitions completed during the year ended December 31, 2011 are amortized over a 15-year period. There was no goodwill or intangibles resulting from the acquisition completed in 2010. None of the Company’s acquisitions were related or contingent upon any other acquisitions.

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company’s acquisitions were not material individually, or in the aggregate.

Certain acquisition agreements entered into by the Company contain earnout agreements which provide for additional consideration to be paid to the former owners if the acquired entity’s results of operations, or sales, exceed certain targeted levels measured on an annual basis generally three years after the acquisition. Accrued expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets included $0.3 million and $0 for earnout payments payable as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The increase to goodwill as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 as a result of the earnout payments was $0 and $0.5 million, respectively.

The earnout provisions generally contain limits on the amount of earnout payments that may be payable over the term of the agreement. The Company’s estimate of the aggregate amount of additional consideration that may be payable over the terms of the earnout agreements subsequent to December 31, 2011 is approximately $1.5 million.

The Company made certain adjustments to goodwill as a result of changes to the purchase price of acquired entities. The net increase to goodwill as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 as a result of purchase price adjustments was $0, $0 and $139 thousand, respectively.

XML

Condensed Financial Statements

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Condensed Financial Statements [Abstract]

CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

13. CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, on a joint and several basis, by all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). The Company’s foreign subsidiaries have not guaranteed the Notes (the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries”). Each of the Guarantor Subsidiaries is 100% owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company. There are no significant restrictions on the ability of the Company to obtain funds from any of the Guarantor Subsidiaries by dividends or loan. In lieu of providing separate audited financial statements for the Guarantor Subsidiaries, condensed consolidating financial information is presented below.

Consolidating Condensed Balance Sheet

December 31, 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

		September 30,			September 30,		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	American
	Reprographics			Guarantor		Non-Guarantor
	Company			Subsidiaries		Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Total
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	11,706	$	13,731		$	—		$	25,437
Accounts receivable, net		—			49,435		5,278			—			54,713
Intercompany operations		295			4,667		(4,962	)		—			—
Inventories, net		—			7,772		4,335			—			12,107
Prepaid expenses		77			3,145		777			—			3,999
Other current assets		—			6,637		904			—			7,541
Total current assets		372			83,362		20,063			—			103,797
Property and equipment, net		—			47,431		7,653			—			55,084
Goodwill		—			229,315		—			—			229,315
Investment in subsidiaries		154,813			12,973		—			(167,786	)		—
Other intangible assets, net		—			42,625		2,502			—			45,127
Deferred financing costs, net		4,574			—		—			—			4,574
Deferred income taxes		—			—		1,368			—			1,368
Other assets		—			1,850		242			—			2,092
Total assets	$	159,759		$	417,556	$	31,828		$	(167,786	)	$	441,357
Liabilities and Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	113		$	19,965	$	1,709		$	—		$	21,787
Accrued payroll and payroll-related expenses		—			6,807		485			—			7,292
Accrued expenses		933			15,327		3,048			—			19,308
Intercompany loans		(168,206	)		166,361		1,845			—			—
Current portion of long-term debt and capital leases		—			13,078		1,927			—			15,005
Total current liabilities		(167,160	)		221,538		9,014			—			63,392
Long-term debt and capital leases		196,241			13,496		1,522			—			211,259
Deferred income taxes		—			26,447		—			—			26,447
Other long-term liabilities		—			1,262		1,932			—			3,194
Total liabilities		29,081			262,743		12,468			—			304,292
Commitments and contingencies
Total equity		130,678			154,813		19,360			(167,786	)		137,065
Total liabilities and equity	$	159,759		$	417,556	$	31,828		$	(167,786	)	$	441,357

Consolidating Condensed Balance Sheet

December 31, 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

		September 30,			September 30,		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	American Reprographics Company			Guarantor Subsidiaries		Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Total
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	12,587	$	13,706		$	—		$	26,293
Accounts receivable, net		—			48,283		4,336			—			52,619
Intercompany operations		295			2,717		(3,012	)		—			—
Inventories, net		—			8,090		2,599			—			10,689
Deferred income taxes		—			7,157		—			—			7,157
Prepaid expenses		72			2,799		1,203			—			4,074
Other current assets		—			5,942		928			—			6,870
Total current assets		367			87,575		19,760			—			107,702
Property and equipment, net		—			52,376		6,660			—			59,036
Goodwill		—			294,759		—			—			294,759
Investment in subsidiaries		257,838			16,065		—			(273,903	)		—
Other intangible assets, net		—			60,585		2,058			—			62,643
Deferred financing costs, net		4,995			—		—			—			4,995
Deferred income taxes		708			34,453		2,674			—			37,835
Other assets		—			1,978		137			—			2,115
Total assets	$	263,908		$	547,791	$	31,289		$	(273,903	)	$	569,085
Liabilities and Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	—		$	21,137	$	2,456		$	—		$	23,593
Accrued payroll and payroll-related expenses		—			7,643		337			—			7,980
Accrued expenses		2,210			25,563		2,361			—			30,134
Intercompany loans		(190,500	)		190,241		259			—			—
Current portion of long-term debt and capital leases		—			22,787		821			—			23,608
Total current liabilities		(188,290	)		267,371		6,234			—			85,315
Long-term debt and capital leases		195,692			19,201		1,123			—			216,016
Other long-term liabilities		—			3,381		1,691			—			5,072
Total liabilities		7,402			289,953		9,048			—			306,403
Commitments and contingencies
Total equity		256,506			257,838		22,241			(273,903	)		262,682
Total liabilities and equity	$	263,908		$	547,791	$	31,289		$	(273,903	)	$	569,085

Consolidating Condensed Statement of Operations

December 31, 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	American
	Reprographics			Guarantor			Non-Guarantor
	Company			Subsidiaries			Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Total
Net sales	$	—		$	378,705		$	44,027		$	—		$	422,732
Cost of sales		—			253,415			35,019			—			288,434
Gross profit		—			125,290			9,008			—			134,298
Selling, general and administrative expenses		—			93,093			8,222			—			101,315
Amortization of intangible assets		—			18,447			268			—			18,715
Goodwill impairment		—			65,444			—			—			65,444
(Loss) income from operations		—			(51,694	)		518			—			(51,176	)
Other expense (income), net		—			546			(649	)		—			(103	)
Interest expense (income), net		22,802			8,411			(109	)		—			31,104
(Loss) income before equity in earnings of subsidiaries and income tax benefit		(22,802	)		(60,651	)		1,276			—			(82,177	)
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries		109,577			160			—			(109,737	)		—
Income tax provision		708			48,766			1,457			—			50,931
Net (loss) income		(133,087	)		(109,577	)		(181	)		109,737			(133,108	)
Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest		—			—			21			—			21
Net (loss) income attributable to American Reprographics Company	$	(133,087	)	$	(109,577	)	$	(160	)	$	109,737		$	(133,087	)

Consolidating Condensed Statement of Operations

December 31, 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	American Reprographics Company			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Total
Net sales	$	—		$	404,513		$	37,126		$	—		$	441,639
Cost of sales		—			269,304			30,003			—			299,307
Gross profit		—			135,209			7,123			—			142,332
Selling, general and administrative expenses		—			100,294			7,450			—			107,744
Amortization of intangible assets		—			11,368			289			—			11,657
Goodwill impairment		—			36,697			1,566			—			38,263
Loss from operations		—			(13,150	)		(2,182	)		—			(15,332	)
Other (income) expense, net		—			(805	)		649			—			(156	)
Interest expense (income), net		1,895			22,215			(19	)		—			24,091
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		—			2,509			—			—			2,509
Loss before equity in earnings of subsidiaries and income tax benefit		(1,895	)		(37,069	)		(2,812	)		—			(41,776	)
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries		26,315			1,849			—			(28,164	)		—
Income tax benefit		(708	)		(12,603	)		(875	)		—			(14,186	)
Net (loss) income		(27,502	)		(26,315	)		(1,937	)		28,164			(27,590	)
Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest		—			—			88			—			88
Net (loss) income attributable to American Reprographics Company	$	(27,502	)	$	(26,315	)	$	(1,849	)	$	28,164		$	(27,502	)

Consolidating Condensed Statement of Operations

December 31, 2009

(Dollars in thousands)

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	American Reprographics Company			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Total
Net sales	$	—		$	473,414		$	28,135		$	—		$	501,549
Cost of sales		—			300,957			22,403			—			323,360
Gross profit		—			172,457			5,732			—			178,189
Selling, general and administrative expenses		—			108,049			6,971			—			115,020
Amortization of intangible assets		—			11,077			290			—			11,367
Goodwill impairment		—			35,148			2,234			—			37,382
Impairment of long-lived assets		—			781			—			—			781
Income (loss) from operations		—			17,402			(3,763	)		—			13,639
Other (income) expense, net		—			(619	)		448			—			(171	)
Interest expense, net		—			25,755			26			—			25,781
Loss before equity in earnings of subsidiaries and income tax provision (benefit)		—			(7,734	)		(4,237	)		—			(11,971	)
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries		14,885			3,098			—			(17,983	)		—
Income tax provision (benefit)		—			4,053			(1,035	)		—			3,018
Net (loss) income		(14,885	)		(14,885	)		(3,202	)		17,983			(14,989	)
Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest		—			—			104			—			104
Net (loss) income attributable to American Reprographics Company	$	(14,885	)	$	(14,885	)	$	(3,098	)	$	17,983		$	(14,885	)

Consolidating Condensed Statement of Cash Flows

December 31, 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,		September 30,
	American Reprographics Company			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations		Total
Cash flows from operating activities
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	(21,495	)	$	67,372		$	3,291		$	—	$	49,168
Cash flows from investing activities
Capital expenditures		—			(14,118	)		(1,435	)		—		(15,553	)
Payments for businesses acquired, net of cash acquired and including other cash payments associated with the acquisitions		—			—			(823	)		—		(823	)
Payment for swap transaction		—			(9,729	)		—			—		(9,729	)
Other		—			1,038			(115	)		—		923
Net cash used in investing activities		—			(22,809	)		(2,373	)		—		(25,182	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from stock option exercises		—			108			—			—		108
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan		—			62			—			—		62
Payments on long-term debt agreements and capital leases		—			(23,684	)		(1,495	)		—		(25,179	)
Net borrowings under revolving credit facility		—			—			701			—		701
Payment of deferred financing fees		(799	)		—			—			—		(799	)
Advances to/from subsidiaries		22,294			(21,930	)		(364	)		—		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		21,495			(45,444	)		(1,158	)		—		(25,107	)
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash balances		—			—			265			—		265
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		—			(881	)		25			—		(856	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		—			12,587			13,706			—		26,293
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—		$	11,706		$	13,731		$	—	$	25,437

Consolidating Condensed Statement of Cash Flows

December 31, 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,		September 30,
	American Reprographics			Guarantor			Non-Guarantor
	Company			Subsidiaries			Subsidiaries			Eliminations		Total
Cash flows from operating activities
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	(970	)	$	49,404		$	5,490		$	—	$	53,924
Cash flows from investing activities
Capital expenditures		—			(6,233	)		(2,401	)		—		(8,634	)
Payments for businesses acquired, net of cash acquired and including other cash payments associated with the acquisitions		—			(500	)		(370	)		—		(870	)
Other		—			1,045			(43	)		—		1,002
Net cash used in investing activities		—			(5,688	)		(2,814	)		—		(8,502	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from stock option exercises		—			242			—			—		242
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan		—			51			—			—		51
Excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation		—			58			—			—		58
Proceeds from bond issuance		195,648			—			—			—		195,648
Payments on long-term debt agreements and capital leases		—			(237,801	)		(1,188	)		—		(238,989	)
Net repayments under revolving credit facility		—						(1,536	)		—		(1,536	)
Payment of deferred financing fees		(4,473	)					—			—		(4,473	)
Advances to/from subsidiaries		(190,205	)		191,002			(797	)		—		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		970			(46,448	)		(3,521	)		—		(48,999	)
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash balances		—			—			493			—		493
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		—			(2,732	)		(352	)		—		(3,084	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		—			15,319			14,058			—		29,377
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—		$	12,587		$	13,706		$	—	$	26,293

Consolidating Condensed Statement of Cash Flows

December 31, 2009

(Dollars in thousands)

		September 30,		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,		September 30,
	American Reprographics		Guarantor			Non-Guarantor
	Company		Subsidiaries			Subsidiaries			Eliminations		Total
Cash flows from operating activities
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	—	$	94,051		$	3,374		$	—	$	97,425
Cash flows from investing activities
Capital expenditures		—		(5,890	)		(1,616	)		—		(7,506	)
Payments for businesses acquired, net of cash acquired and including other cash payments associated with the acquisitions		—		(3,051	)		(476	)		—		(3,527	)
Other		—		1,690			(6	)		—		1,684
Net cash used in investing activities		—		(7,251	)		(2,098	)		—		(9,349	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from stock option exercises		—		63			—			—		63
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan		—		164			—			—		164
Excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation		—		18			—			—		18
Payments on long-term debt agreements and capital leases		—		(103,793	)		(1,215	)		—		(105,008	)
Net borrowings under revolving credit facility				—			1,523			—		1,523
Payment of deferred financing fees		—		(2,092	)		—			—		(2,092	)
Advances to/from subsidiaries				1,752			(1,752	)		—		—
Net cash used in financing activities		—		(103,888	)		(1,444	)		—		(105,332	)
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash balances		—		—			91			—		91
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		—		(17,088	)		(77	)		—		(17,165	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		—		32,407			14,135			—		46,542
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—	$	15,319		$	14,058		$	—	$	29,377